Top Banner
5613 DTC Parkway, Suite 1100 Greenwood Village, Colorado 80111 p 303.692.8838 f 303.692.0470 www.f-w.com | www.greennavigation.com Project Specification Manual Westside Commons - Lot 4A - Core & Shell W 10th St & 71st Ave Greeley, Colorado Project Number: 0180375.00 Issue Date: Issued For: November 9, 2018 Permit Set
166

Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

Jul 26, 2020

Download

Documents

dariahiddleston
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

56 1 3 DT C P ar kwa y , S ui t e 1 1 00

Gr een wo od V i l l ag e , C ol or ad o 8 01 1 1 p 3 03 .6 9 2. 8 83 8 f 3 0 3. 6 92 .0 4 7 0

www. f - w.c om | www.g r een n a vi g at i on .c om

Project Specification Manual

Westside Commons - Lot 4A - Core & ShellW 10th St & 71st AveGreeley, Colorado

Project Number: 0180375.00

Issue Date: Issued For: November 9, 2018 Permit Set

Page 2: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

00 0101PROJECT TITLE PAGE

SECTION 00 0101 - PROJECT TITLE PAGEPROJECT MANUAL

FOR

WESTSIDE COMMONS - RETAIL CORE & SHELL

PROJECT NUMBER: 0180375.00

MILLER REAL ESTATE INVESTMENTS

W 10TH ST & 71ST AVEGREELEY , COLORADO 80634

DATE: 11/09/2018

PREPARED BY: BRAD NELSON, AIA

FARNSWORTH GROUP INC.

END OF SECTION

Page 3: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

00 0102PROJECT INFORMATION

SECTION 00 0102 - PROJECT INFORMATIONPART 1 GENERAL1.01 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION

A. Project Name: Westside Commons - Retail Core & Shell, located at:W 10th St & 71st Ave.Greeley, Colorado 80634.

1.02 PROJECT DESCRIPTIONA. Summary Project Description: New construction of a retail building.B. Contract Scope: Construction.C. Contract Terms: Lump sum (fixed price).

1.03 PROJECT CONSULTANTSA. The Architect, hereinafter referred to as Architect: Farnsworth Group Inc..

1. Address: 5613 DTC Parkway, Suite 1100.2. City, State, Zip: Greenwood Village, Colorado, 80111.3. Phone/Fax: 303-692-8838.4. E-mail: [email protected].

PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION

Page 4: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

00 0105CERTIFICATIONS PAGE

SECTION 00 0105 - CERTIFICATIONS PAGE

END OF SECTION

bnelson
Brad_CO
bnelson
Date
Page 5: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

00 0110TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION 00 0110 - TABLE OF CONTENTSPROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS1.01 DIVISION 00 -- PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS

A. 00 0101 - Project Title PageB. 00 0102 - Project InformationC. 00 0105 - Certifications PageD. 00 0110 - Table of ContentsE. 00 3100 - Available Project Information

1. Geotechnical DataF. 00 5000 - Contracting Forms and SupplementsG. 00 5200 - Agreement FormH. 00 6000 - Project Forms

1. Exclusive Use Agreement2. Request For Information3. Substitution Request Form

I. 00 7200 - General ConditionsSPECIFICATIONS2.01 DIVISION 01 -- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. 01 1000 - SummaryB. 01 2000 - Price and Payment ProceduresC. 01 3000 - Administrative RequirementsD. 01 4000 - Quality RequirementsE. 01 4100 - Regulatory RequirementsF. 01 4216 - DefinitionsG. 01 4533 - Code-Required Special InspectionsH. 01 5000 - Temporary Facilities and ControlsI. 01 6000 - Product RequirementsJ. 01 7000 - Execution and Closeout RequirementsK. 01 7800 - Closeout SubmittalsL. 01 7900 - Demonstration and Training

2.02 DIVISION 02 -- EXISTING CONDITIONS 2.03 DIVISION 03 -- CONCRETE

A. 03 0516 - Underslab Vapor BarrierB. 03 1000 - Concrete Forming and AccessoriesC. 03 2000 - Concrete ReinforcingD. 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place ConcreteE. 03 4500 - Precast Architectural Concrete

2.04 DIVISION 04 -- MASONRY A. 04 2000 - Unit MasonryB. 04 4313 - Stone Masonry Veneer

2.05 DIVISION 05 -- METALS A. 05 1200 - Structural Steel Framing

Page 6: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

00 0110TABLE OF CONTENTS

B. 05 2100 - Steel Joist FramingC. 05 3100 - Steel DeckingD. 05 4000 - Cold-Formed Metal FramingE. 05 4400 - Cold-Formed Metal TrussesF. 05 5000 - Metal Fabrications

2.06 DIVISION 06 -- WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES A. 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry

2.07 DIVISION 07 -- THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION A. 07 1113 - Bituminous DampproofingB. 07 2100 - Thermal InsulationC. 07 2400 - Exterior Insulation and Finish SystemsD. 07 2500 - Weather BarriersE. 07 4113 - Metal Roof PanelsF. 07 5410 - Thermoplastic Single-Ply Roof System Over Rigid InsulationG. 07 6200 - Sheet Metal Flashing and TrimH. 07 7200 - Roof HatchesI. 07 9005 - Joint Sealers

2.08 DIVISION 08 -- OPENINGS A. 08 1113 - Hollow Metal Doors and FramesB. 08 4313 - Aluminum-Framed StorefrontsC. 08 7100 - Door HardwareD. 08 8000 - Glazing

2.09 DIVISION 09 -- FINISHES A. 09 2116 - Gypsum Board AssembliesB. 09 9113 - Exterior Painting

2.10 DIVISION 10 -- SPECIALTIES A. 10 7113.43 - Fixed Sun Control DevicesB. 10 7313 - Awnings

2.11 DIVISION 11 -- EQUIPMENT 2.12 DIVISION 12 -- FURNISHINGS 2.13 DIVISION 13 -- SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 2.14 DIVISION 14 -- CONVEYING EQUIPMENT 2.15 DIVISION 21 -- FIRE SUPPRESSION 2.16 DIVISION 22 -- PLUMBING 2.17 DIVISION 23 -- HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC) 2.18 DIVISION 26 -- ELECTRICAL 2.19 DIVISION 27 -- COMMUNICATIONS 2.20 DIVISION 28 -- ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 2.21 DIVISION 31 -- EARTHWORK

A. 31 2300 - Earthwork2.22 DIVISION 32 -- EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS

Page 7: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

00 0110TABLE OF CONTENTS

2.23 DIVISION 33 -- UTILITIES 2.24 DIVISION 46 -- WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT

END OF SECTION

Page 8: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

00 3100AVAILABLE PROJECT

INFORMATION

SECTION 00 3100 - AVAILABLE PROJECT INFORMATIONPART 1 GENERAL1.01 EXISTING CONDITIONS

A. Certain information relating to existing surface and subsurface conditions and structures isavailable to bidders but will not be part of the Contract Documents, as follows:

B. Geotechnical Report: Entitled Geotechnical Engineering Report Proposed Retail Building,Greeley City Center, Lot 4A, W 8th Street (east of 71st Avenue), Greeley, Colorado, datedFebruary 13, 2018.1. Original copy is available by request for inspection.2. Contractor is urged to examine data provided.3. Contractor should visit the site and become acquainted with existing conditions.4. This report identifies properties of below grade conditions and offers recommendations for

the design of foundations, prepared primarily for the use of Architect.5. This report, by its nature, cannot reveal all conditions that exist on the site. Should

subsurface conditions be found to vary substantially from this report, changes in the designand construction of foundations will be made, with resulting credits or expenditures to theContract Price accruing to Owner.

6. Interpretation: This report is provided only for information and convenience. Owner andArchitect disclaim responsibility for accuracy, true location and extent of soil conditions thathave been evaluated by others. Owner and Architect further disclaim responsibility forinterpretation of the report data by the Contractor; including but not limited to projecting soilbearing values, rock profiles, soil stability, and presence, level, and extent of undergroundwater.

7. Applicable Requirements: Specific and variable recommendations contained in thisdocument are subject to acceptance by Owner for incorporation in the ContractDocuments prepared by Architect. Comply with requirements specified in the ContractDocuments for earthwork, paving systems, and other applicable work scope items.

PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION

Page 9: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

00 5000CONTRACTING FORMS AND

SUPPLEMENTS

SECTION 00 5000 - CONTRACTING FORMS AND SUPPLEMENTSPART 1 GENERAL1.01 AGREEMENT AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT

A. See Section 00 5200 - Agreement Form for the Agreement form to be executed.B. See Section 00 7200 - General Conditions for the General Conditions.C. The Agreement is based on modified AIA A101.D. The General Conditions are based on modified AIA A201.

1.02 FORMSA. Use the following forms for the specified purposes unless otherwise indicated elsewhere in the

Contract Documents.B. Post-Award Certificates and Other Forms:

1. Submittal Transmittal Form: Contractor's standard form is acceptable.2. Schedule of Values Form: AIA G703.3. Application for Payment Forms: AIA G702 with AIA G703 (for Contractors).

C. Clarification and Modification Forms:1. Request for Interpretation Form: See section 00 6000.2. Substitution Request Form (During Construction): See section 00 6000.3. Architect's Supplemental Instructions Form: AIA G710.4. Construction Change Directive Form: AIA G714.5. Change Order Form: AIA G701.

D. Closeout Forms:1. Certificate of Substantial Completion Form: AIA G704.

1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. AIA A101 - Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of

Payment is a Stipulated Sum.B. AIA A201 - General Conditions of the Contract for Construction.C. AIA G701 - Change Order.D. AIA G702 - Application and Certificate for Payment.E. AIA G703 - Continuation Sheet.F. AIA G704 - Certificate of Substantial Completion.G. AIA G710 - Architect's Supplemental Instructions.H. AIA G714 - Construction Change Directive.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USEDPART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED

END OF SECTION

Page 10: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

00 5200AGREEMENT FORM

SECTION 00 5200 - AGREEMENT FORMPART 1 GENERAL1.01 FORM OF AGREEMENT

A. Contract Agreement Form will be AIA Document - A101, Standard Form of Agreement BetweenOwner and Contractor, 2017 edition (with modifications).

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Section 00 7200 - General Conditions.B. Section 01 4216 - Definitions AND EXPLANATIONS.

PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION

Page 11: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

00 6000PROJECT FORMS

SECTION 00 6000 - PROJECT FORMSPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Procedures for use of administrative forms.B. Administrative forms.

1.02 PROCEDURESA. Deliver or electronically transmit completed forms to Architect at the address listed on the cover

of the Project Manual.B. Use of forms included at end of this Section is required. Architect will provide electronic copies

of the forms upon request.1. Use of Contractor's alternative forms is acceptable subject to approval of Architect, and

provided that content of alternative forms is substantially equivalent to forms provided inthis Section.

C. Complete applicable information on form. Indicate date transmitted and date of requiredresponse, as applicable. Attach supporting documentation and additional descriptiveinformation as necessary to fully describe the request.

D. Use a single form for each separate request. Closely related items may be included in a singlerequest only if acceptance of one item requires acceptance of all items in the request.

E. Comply with the requirements of Section 01 6000 for requests for substitution after execution ofthe Contract.

1.03 ARCHITECT'S ACTIONA. Architect will review each request, and return the form to Contractor with written response within

7 days of receipt, except when it must be held for coordination with pending submittals, andContractor is so advised.

B. When requests are made within the time allowed for Architect's review, Architect will makereasonable effort to respond in a timely manner, but no claim for delay by Contractor will beallowed.

C. Substitution Requests: Architect's review is for general conformance with the ContractDocuments only and does not relieve Contractor from full compliance with the ContractDocuments and Contractor's representations specified in Section 01 6000.

1.04 FORMSA. Request for Information: Number consecutively; include Architect's project number; clearly

specify the document reference by specification Section number, article, paragraph, Drawingnumber, and detail numbers as applicable. Architect will complete the lower portion of the formas the written response.

B. Substitution Request: Number consecutively; complete all required information on the form;indicate applicable cost savings and time affect, if any. Architect will complete the lower portionof the form as the written response, and will attach further written response as necessary toexplain the decision, if required. Forms submitted without all required information as indicatedon the form may be returned for completion before review by Architect.

C. Exclusive Use Agreement: Complete all required information on the form.D. Forms are on pages immediately following the end of this Section.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USEDPART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED

END OF SECTION

Page 12: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

00 7200GENERAL CONDITIONS

SECTION 00 7200 - GENERAL CONDITIONS

1.01 FORM OF GENERAL CONDITIONSA. The General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201, 2017 Edition,

(with modifications), hereinafter referred to as General Conditions shall become part of theContract Documents by reference.

RELATED REQUIREMENTS2.01 SECTION 01 4216 - DEFINITIONS AND EXPLANATIONS.

END OF SECTION

Page 13: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 1000SUMMARY

SECTION 01 1000 - SUMMARYPART 1 GENERAL1.01 PROJECT

A. Project Name: Westside Commons - Retail Core & ShellB. Owner's Name: Miller Real Estate Investments.C. Architect's Name: Farnsworth Group Inc..D. The Project consists of the construction of a new retail building.

1.02 CONTRACT DESCRIPTIONA. Contract Type: A single prime contract based on a Stipulated Sum as described in Document

00 5000 - Contracting Forms and Supplements.1.03 DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATIONS

A. Division 01 General Requirements expand on the broad provisions of the Conditions of theContract, and govern the execution of the work of all Sections of the specifications. Division 01General Requirements specify administrative and procedural requirements relating to executionof the Work, and temporary facilities for use during the construction period.

1.04 OWNER OCCUPANCYA. Owner intends for tenants to occupy the Project upon Substantial Completion.B. Cooperate with Owner to minimize conflict and to facilitate Owner's operations.C. Schedule the Work to accommodate Owner occupancy.

1.05 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISESA. Construction Operations: Limited to areas noted on Drawings. B. Arrange use of site and premises to allow:

1. Owner occupancy.2. Work by Others.3. Work by Owner.

C. Provide access to and from site as required by law and by Owner:1. Emergency Building Exits During Construction: Keep all exits required by code open

during construction period; provide temporary exit signs if exit routes are temporarilyaltered.

2. Do not obstruct roadways, sidewalks, or other public ways without permit.1.06 DELEGATED DESIGN WORK

A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for delegated design requirements.B. Design of building systems, or components of systems, to be provided by Contractor; refer to

applicable Drawings for specifications associated with design-build work scope:1. Fire sprinkler systems.2. Fire alarm systems.

C. Design of products and systems, or components of systems, to be provided by Contractor in thefollowing specification Sections:1. Section 03 1000 Concrete Forming and Accessories.2. Section 05 2100 Steel Joist Framing

D. Contractor's Responsibilities:1. Comply with specified design requirements for each applicable product or system.2. Coordinate design and space requirements with other affected work and Architect.3. Review applicable submittals and coordinate selections with Architect.4. Receive and unload products and systems at the site; inspect for completeness and for

damage.5. Handle, store, install, and finish products and systems.

Page 14: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 1000SUMMARY

6. Repair or replace damaged, defective, or missing items.7. Arrange for manufacturer's warranties, inspections, and service.8. Comply with applicable provisions of Division 01 - General Requirements, specifically

including administrative requirements, coordination, quality, regulatory, and productrequirements.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USEDPART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED

END OF SECTION

Page 15: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 2000PRICE AND PAYMENT

PROCEDURES

SECTION 01 2000 - PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURESPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Procedures for preparation and submittal of applications for progress payments.B. Documentation of changes in Contract Sum and Contract Time.C. Modification procedures.D. Correlation of Contractor submittals based on modifications.E. Procedures for preparation and submittal of application for final payment.

1.02 SCHEDULE OF VALUESA. Electronic media printout including equivalent information will be considered in lieu of standard

form specified; submit draft to Architect for approval.B. Forms filled out by hand will not be accepted.C. Submit a printed schedule on AIA Form G703 - Application and Certificate for Payment

Continuation Sheet. Contractor's standard form or electronic media printout will be considered.D. Submit Schedule of Values in duplicate within 15 days after date of Owner-Contractor

Agreement.E. Format: Utilize the Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number

and title of the specification Section. Identify site mobilization and bonds and insurance.F. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders, with each Application For Payment.

1.03 APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTSA. Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated in the Agreement.B. Form to be used: AIA G702 Application and Certificate for Payment and AIA G703 - including

continuation sheets when required..C. Electronic media printout including equivalent information will be considered in lieu of standard

form specified; submit sample to Architect for approval.D. Forms filled out by hand will not be accepted.E. For each item, provide a column for listing each of the following:

1. Item Number.2. Description of work.3. Scheduled Values.4. Previous Applications.5. Work in Place and Stored Materials under this Application.6. Authorized Change Orders.7. Total Completed and Stored to Date of Application.8. Percentage of Completion.9. Balance to Finish.10. Retainage.

F. Execute certification by signature of authorized officer.G. Use data from approved Schedule of Values. Provide dollar value in each column for each line

item for portion of work performed and for stored products.H. List each authorized Change Order as a separate line item, listing Change Order number and

dollar amount as for an original item of work.I. Submit one electronic copy of each Application for Payment.J. Include the following with the application:

1. Transmittal letter as specified for submittals in Section 01 3000.2. Construction progress schedule, revised and current as specified in Section 01 3000.

Page 16: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 2000PRICE AND PAYMENT

PROCEDURES

3. Conditional release of liens from each Subcontractor and vendor for the current month'spayment application, and unconditional release of liens from each Subcontractor andvendor for the previous month's payment application.

4. Affidavits attesting to off-site stored products.K. When Architect requires substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar amounts in

question. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each copy of submittal. Showapplication number and date, and line item by number and description.

1.04 MODIFICATION PROCEDURESA. For minor changes not involving an adjustment to the Contract Sum or Contract Time, Architect

will issue instructions directly to Contractor.B. For other required changes, Architect will issue a document signed by Owner instructing

Contractor to proceed with the change, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.1. The document will describe the required changes and will designate method of

determining any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time.2. Promptly execute the change.

C. For changes for which advance pricing is desired, Architect will issue a document that includesa detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised drawings andspecifications, a change in Contract Time for executing the change with a stipulation of anyovertime work required and the period of time during which the requested price will beconsidered valid. Contractor shall prepare and submit a fixed price quotation within 10 days.

D. Contractor may propose a change by submitting a request for change to Architect, describingthe proposed change and its full effect on the work, with a statement describing the reason forthe change, and the effect on the Contract Sum and Contract Time with full documentation. Document any requested substitutions in accordance with Section 01 6000.

E. Computation of Change in Contract Amount: As specified in the Agreement and Conditions ofthe Contract.1. For change requested by Architect for work falling under a fixed price contract, the amount

will be based on Contractor's price quotation.2. For change requested by Contractor, the amount will be based on the Contractor's request

for a Change Order as approved by Architect.3. For pre-determined unit prices and quantities, the amount will based on the fixed unit

prices.4. For change ordered by Architect without a quotation from Contractor, the amount will be

determined by Architect based on the Contractor's substantiation of costs as specified forTime and Material work.

F. Substantiation of Costs: Provide full information required for evaluation.1. On request, provide the following data:

a. Quantities of products, labor, and equipment.b. Taxes, insurance, and bonds.c. Overhead and profit.d. Justification for any change in Contract Time.e. Credit for deletions from Contract, similarly documented.

2. Support each claim for additional costs with additional information:a. Origin and date of claim.b. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom.c. Time records and wage rates paid.d. Invoices and receipts for products, equipment, and subcontracts, similarly

documented.3. For Time and Material work, submit itemized account and supporting data after completion

of change, within time limits indicated in the Conditions of the Contract.G. Execution of Change Orders: Contractor will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as

provided in the Conditions of the Contract.

Page 17: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 2000PRICE AND PAYMENT

PROCEDURES

H. After execution of Change Order, promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application forPayment forms to record each authorized Change Order as a separate line item and adjust theContract Sum.

I. Promptly revise progress schedules to reflect any change in Contract Time, revisesub-schedules to adjust times for other items of work affected by the change, and resubmit.

J. Promptly enter changes in Project Record Documents.1.05 APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT

A. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified for progress payments, identifying totaladjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due.

B. Application for Final Payment will not be considered until the following have been accomplished:1. All closeout procedures specified in Section 01 7000.2. Receipt of final Certificate of Occupancy from jurisdictional authority..3. Acceptance of Work by Owner and Architect..

PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USEDPART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED

END OF SECTION

Page 18: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 3000ADMINISTRATIVEREQUIREMENTS

SECTION 01 3000 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTSPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Preconstruction meeting.B. Progress meetings.C. Construction progress schedule.D. Submittals for review, information, and project closeout.E. Number of copies of submittals.F. Submittal procedures.

1.02 PROJECT COORDINATORA. Project Coordinator: Contractor.B. Cooperate with the Project Coordinator in allocation of mobilization areas of site; for field offices

and sheds, for site access, traffic, and parking facilities.C. During construction, coordinate use of site and facilities through the Project Coordinator.D. Comply with Project Coordinator's procedures for intra-project communications; submittals,

reports and records, schedules, coordination drawings, and recommendations; and resolution ofambiguities and conflicts.

E. Comply with instructions of the Project Coordinator for use of temporary utilities andconstruction facilities. Responsibility for providing temporary utilities and construction facilities isidentified in Section 01 1000 - Summary.

F. Coordinate field engineering and layout work under instructions of the Project Coordinator.G. Make the following types of submittals to Architect through the Project Coordinator:

PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USEDPART 3 EXECUTION3.01 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING

A. Schedule meeting after Notice of Award.B. Attendance Required:

1. Owner.2. Architect.3. Contractor.4. Other invited participants..

C. Agenda:1. Execution of Owner-Contractor Agreement.2. Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates.3. Distribution of Contract Documents.4. Submission of list of subcontractors, list of products, schedule of values, and progress

schedule.5. Designation of personnel representing the parties to Contract6. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for

payments, proposal request, Change Orders, and Contract closeout procedures.7. Scheduling.

D. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with twocopies to Architect, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made.

3.02 PROGRESS MEETINGSA. Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the work at maximum bi-monthly

intervals.

Page 19: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 3000ADMINISTRATIVEREQUIREMENTS

B. Make arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants, preside atmeetings.

C. Attendance Required:1. Contractor.2. Owner.3. Architect.4. Contractor's superintendent.5. Major subcontractors.

D. Agenda:1. Review minutes of previous meetings.2. Review of work progress.3. Field observations, problems, and decisions.4. Identification of problems that impede, or will impede, planned progress.5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals.6. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules.7. Maintenance of progress schedule.8. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules.9. Planned progress during succeeding work period.10. Coordination of projected progress.11. Maintenance of quality and work standards.12. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination.13. Other business relating to work.

E. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with twocopies to Architect, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made.

3.03 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULEA. Within 10 days after date of the Agreement, submit preliminary schedule defining planned

operations for the first 60 days of Work, with a general outline for remainder of Work.1. Submit rolling 2 week look-ahead schedule, on a weekly basis.

B. If preliminary schedule requires revision after review, submit revised schedule within 10 days.C. Within 20 days after review of preliminary schedule, submit draft of proposed complete

schedule for review.1. Include written certification that major contractors have reviewed and accepted proposed

schedule.D. Within 10 days after joint review, submit complete schedule.E. Submit updated schedule with each Application for Payment.

3.04 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEWA. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review:

1. Product data.2. Shop drawings.3. Samples for selection.4. Samples for verification.

B. Submit to Architect for review for the limited purpose of checking for conformance withinformation given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents.

C. Samples will be reviewed for aesthetic, color, or finish selection.D. Coordinate submittals into logical groupings to facilitate interrelation of the several items:

1. Submit exterior finishes samples and product data as a single package, including but notlimited to finishes items specified in Divisions 03, 04, 07, 08, and 09.

2. Submit all door, frame, and hardware product data as a single package as specified inDivision 08.

Page 20: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 3000ADMINISTRATIVEREQUIREMENTS

3. Submit mechanical items in a single package, including but not limited to items specified inDivisions 21, 22, and 23.

4. Submit electrical items in a single package, including but not limited to items specified inDivisions 25, 26, 27, and 28.

E. After review, provide copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURESarticle below and for record documents purposes described in Section 01 7800 - CloseoutSubmittals.

3.05 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATIONA. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for information:

1. Design data.2. Certificates.3. Test reports.4. Inspection reports.5. Manufacturer's instructions.6. Manufacturer's field reports.7. Other types indicated.

B. Submit for Architect's knowledge as contract administrator or for Owner.3.06 SUBMITTALS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT

A. Submit Correction Punch List for Substantial Completion.B. Submit Final Correction Punch List for Substantial Completion.C. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them at project closeout in

conformance to requirements of Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals:1. Project record documents.2. Operation and maintenance data.3. Warranties.4. Bonds.5. Other types as indicated.

D. Submit for Owner's benefit during and after project completion.3.07 DIGITAL DRAWING FILES

A. Architect's Digital Files: Upon request by Contractor, a digital copy of the Project BuildingInformation Model (BIM) or CADD Drawing files will be provided as a courtesy for Contractor'slimited use. Such information is not considered to be a part of the Contract Documents.1. Use of this information is at Contractor's sole risk.2. Report to Architect discrepancies, if any, between published Contract Documents and

information provided according to General Conditions and other administrativerequirements of the Contract.

3. Prior to receiving digital files, execute exclusive use agreement; see Section 00 6000.4. The following files will be furnished free of charge, if requested:

a. Building floor plansb. Reflected ceiling plansc. Exterior building elevations

5. Submittals prepared using any of these files as the primary submittal content without theinclusion of substantial additional content generated by Contractor according to specifiedrequirements for applicable submittals will not be accepted or reviewed by the Architect.

3.08 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURESA. General Requirements:B. Shop Drawing Procedures:

1. Prepare accurate, drawn-to-scale, original shop drawing documentation by interpreting theContract Documents and coordinating related Work.

2. Do not reproduce the Contract Documents to create shop drawings.

Page 21: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 3000ADMINISTRATIVEREQUIREMENTS

3. Generic, non-project specific information submitted as shop drawings do not meet therequirements for shop drawings.

C. Transmit each submittal with a copy of approved submittal form.1. Submittal format: electronic only.2. Sample Submittals: Submit physical submittals as specified.

D. Sequentially number the transmittal form. Revise submittals with original number and asequential alphabetic suffix.

E. Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing and detail number, andspecification section number, as appropriate on each copy.

F. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, verification ofProducts required, field dimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination ofinformation is in accordance with the requirements of the Work and Contract Documents.

G. Deliver submittals to Architect at designated e-mail address(es), or business address, asapplicable..

H. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of related items.I. For each submittal for review, allow 15 days excluding delivery time to and from the Contractor.J. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations that may be

detrimental to successful performance of the completed Work.K. Provide space for Contractor and Architect review stamps.L. When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission.

1. Make resubmissions under procedures specified for initial submittals; identify changesmade since previous submittal.

M. Distribute reviewed submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability tocomply with requirements.

N. Submittals not requested will not be recognized or processed.3.09 ARCHITECT'S ACTION

A. Architect will review each submittal, mark it with the appropriate "action," and return it toContractor within specified time allowance; except when it must be held for coordination, andContractor is so advised.

B. Where submittals include materials, products, systems, or manufacturers not specified,approved by Addendum prior to execution of the Contract, or approved in writing in conjunctionwith the proposed products list submittal specified in Section 01 6000, Architect reserves theright to exceed the specified time allowance to allow sufficient time to determine theacceptability of such items, and no claim for delay by Contractor will be allowed.

C. Where submittals include a material, product, system, or manufacturer substitution which hasnot been previously accepted or approved in writing, Architect reserves the right to reject suchsubmittal and require a compliant submittal, or may direct that other action be taken byContractor to achieve compliance with Contract Documents, and no claim for delay byContractor will be allowed.

D. Architect's review is for general conformance only and does not relieve Contractor from fullcompliance with the Contract Documents.

END OF SECTION

Page 22: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 4000QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 01 4000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTSPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Submittals.B. References and standards.C. Testing and inspection agencies and services.D. Control of installation.E. Tolerances.F. Manufacturers' field services.G. Defect Assessment.H. Basis of design specifications.I. Delegated design requirements.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Section 01 4216 - Definitions AND EXPLANATIONS.

1.03 SUBMITTALSA. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Design Data: Submit for Architect's knowledge as contract administrator or for the Owner, for

information for the limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given and thedesign concept expressed in the Contract Documents.1. Provide additional copies of design data for Architect's design consultants, including but

not limited to structural engineer, mechanical engineer, plumbing engineer, and electricalengineer; transmit to each design consultant's address concurrently, if requested byArchitect.

C. Certificates: When specified in individual specification Sections, submit certification by themanufacturer and Architect or installation/application subcontractor to Architect, in quantitiesspecified for Product Data.1. Indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit

supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate.2. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product, but must be

acceptable to Architect.D. Subcontractor, Trade Contractor and Installer Qualifications: When specified in individual

specification Sections, submit qualifications data substantiating specified qualifications; threecopies, one of which will be reviewed and returned to Contractor indicating action taken.

E. Manufacturer's Instructions: When specified in individual specification Sections, submit printedinstructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, for theOwner's information. Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring specialattention, and special environmental criteria required for application or installation.

F. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Submit reports for Architect's benefit as contract administrator orfor Owner.1. Submit report in duplicate within 30 days of observation to Architect for information.2. Submit for information for the limited purpose of assessing conformance with information

given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents.1.04 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS

A. For products and workmanship specified by reference to a document or documents not includedin the Project Manual, also referred to as reference standards, comply with requirements of thestandard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicablecodes.

Page 23: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 4000QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

B. Conform to reference standard of date of issue current on date of Contract Documents, exceptwhere a specific date or edition is established by applicable code.

C. Obtain copies of standards where required by product specification Sections.1. Maintain copy at project site during submittals, planning, and progress of the specific work,

until Substantial Completion.D. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification

from Architect before proceeding.E. Neither the contractual relationships, duties, or responsibilities of the parties in Contract nor

those of Architect shall be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inferenceotherwise in any reference standard document.

1.05 QUALITY CONTROL - GENERALA. Maintain quality control over subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site

conditions, and workmanship to produce Work of specified quality according to therequirements of the Contract Documents.

B. Special Testing and Inspection: It is recognized that specified special testing and inspectionprogram is intended to assist Contractor, Owner, Architect, and jurisdictional authorities innominal determination of probable compliance with specified requirements for certain elementsof the Work. This program is not intended to limit Contractor's standard quality control program.

1.06 TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCIES AND SERVICESA. Owner will employ and pay for services of an independent testing agency to perform other

specified testing.1.07 BASIS OF DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS

A. Individual specification Sections may include a Basis of Design Manufacturer or Product, whichforms the basis of the specifications, Drawing details, and other requirements of the ContractDocuments. The specified Basis of Design Manufacturer or Product is not intended to excludeother manufacturers, products, or systems which comply with the requirements of the ContractDocuments, subject to the provisions and requirements specified in individual specificationSections.

B. Comply with the administrative requirements for substitutions specified in Section 6000 forproposed products or systems other than the specified Basis of Design Manufacturer orProduct.

1.08 DELEGATED DESIGN REQUIREMENTSA. Performance and Design Requirements: Where professional design services or certifications

by a licensed design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the ContractDocuments, provide products and systems complying with performance and designrequirements specified in individual specification Sections.

B. If specified performance or design requirements are not sufficiently complete to performrequired services or provide required certifications, submit a written request for additionalinformation to Architect.

C. Refer to Section 1000 for a listing of specification Sections that include delegated designrequirements.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USEDPART 3 EXECUTION3.01 CONTROL OF INSTALLATION

A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, andworkmanship, to produce Work of specified quality.

B. Comply with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence.1. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification

from Architect before proceeding.

Page 24: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 4000QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

C. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except where more stringenttolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more preciseworkmanship.

D. Have Work performed by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality.E. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings or as instructed by the

manufacturer.F. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand

stresses, vibration, physical distortion, and disfigurement.3.02 TOLERANCES

A. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate.

B. Comply with manufacturers' tolerances. Should manufacturers' tolerances conflict with ContractDocuments, request clarification from Architect before proceeding.

C. Adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in place.3.03 TESTING AND INSPECTION

A. See individual specification Sections and structural Drawings for testing and inspection required.B. Testing Agency Duties:

1. Test samples of mixes submitted by Contractor.2. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in

performance of services.3. Perform specified sampling and testing of products in accordance with specified

standards.4. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents.5. Promptly notify Architect and Contractor of observed irregularities or non-conformance of

Work or products.6. Perform additional tests and inspections required by Architect.7. Submit reports of all tests/inspections specified.

C. Limits on Testing/Inspection Agency Authority:1. Agency may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents.2. Agency may not approve or accept any portion of the Work.3. Agency may not assume any duties of Contractor.4. Agency has no authority to stop the Work.

D. Contractor Responsibilities:1. Deliver to agency at designated location, adequate samples of materials proposed to be

used that require testing, along with proposed mix designs.2. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work and to

manufacturers' facilities.3. Provide incidental labor and facilities:

a. To provide access to Work to be tested/inspected.b. To obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of Products to be

tested/inspected.c. To facilitate tests/inspections.d. To provide storage and curing of test samples.

4. Re-testing: Performed by same agency if required because of non-conformance tospecified requirements, on instructions from Architect.a. Paid for by Contractor if required because of non-conformance with specified

requirements.3.04 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES

A. When specified in individual specification Sections, require material or product suppliers ormanufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of

Page 25: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 4000QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment,test, adjust and balanceof equipment, and inspection of surfaces to receive waterproofing systems as applicable, and toinitiate instructions when necessary.1. Manufacturer's field representative will be required to submit daily reports as specified in

this Section, when daily observations and inspections are specified in individual Sections.B. Report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are

supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions.3.05 DEFECT ASSESSMENT

A. Replace Work or portions of the Work not conforming to specified requirements.B. If, in the opinion of Architect, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, Architect will

direct an appropriate remedy or adjust payment, with Owner's consent.END OF SECTION

Page 26: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 4100REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 01 4100 - REGULATORY REQUIREMENTSPART 1 GENERAL1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED

A. Obtain and pay for required permits, fees, licenses, and inspections as stipulated in theAgreement.

B. Arrange for required regulatory inspections and approvals.C. Verify applicable codes and regulations.D. Comply with applicable codes and regulations as stipulated in the Agreement.

1. Contractor is not required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance withapplicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders ofpublic authorities.

2. Contractor is required to promptly report to Architect any nonconformity discovered by ormade known to Contractor as a request for information as specified, or in such form asArchitect may otherwise require.

E. Listing of applicable Codes and regulations in this Section is not to be considered complete andall-inclusive; listing refers to primary applicable Codes and regulations only. See Drawings foradditional information.

1.02 SUMMARY OF APPLICABLE CODES AND REFERENCE STANDARDSA. Federal Regulations (Including but not limited to); currently adopted editions of the following,

unless noted otherwise:1. 36 CFR 1191 - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings

and Facilities; Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines.2. ADA Standards - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for Accessible Design.3. 29 CFR 1910 - Occupational Safety and Health Standards.

B. City of Greeley, State of Colorado Regulations, and other regulations (including but not limitedto); currently adopted editions of the following, unless noted otherwise:1. Zoning Code: Local jurisdiction.2. Fire Protection District: Local jurisdiction.3. ICC A117.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities.4. ICC (IFC) - International Fire Code.5. ICC (IBC) - International Building Code.6. ICC (IPC) - International Plumbing Code.7. ICC (IMC) - International Mechanical Code.8. ICC (IFGC) - International Fuel Gas Code.9. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.10. ICC (IECC) - International Energy Conservation Code.11. Erosion and Sedimentation Control Regulations: Local jurisdiction, unless otherwise

specified.1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Become familiar with applicable requirements of codes and regulations.B. Verify that substituted materials and equipment used in the Work meet or exceed requirements

of applicable codes and regulations.C. Designer Qualifications: Where delegated engineering design is to be performed under the

construction contract provide the direct supervision of a Professional Engineer experienced indesign of this type of work and licensed in Colorado.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USEDPART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED

END OF SECTION

Page 27: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 4216DEFINITIONS AND

EXPLANATIONS

SECTION 01 4216 - DEFINITIONS AND EXPLANATIONSPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. This section supplements the definitions contained in the General Conditions and other ContractDocuments.

B. Other definitions are included in individual specification sections.C. Limitations: Definitions and explanations are not necessarily complete or exclusive, but are

generally applicable to the Work to the extent such definitions or explanations are not statedmore explicitly in other provisions of the Contract Documents.

1.02 SPECIFICATION EXPLANATIONSA. General: Explanations are provided to assist in understanding format, language, implied

requirements and conventions of specification content. None of these explanations will beinterpreted to modify the substance of content requirements.

B. Division 01 General Requirements: Expand on the broad provisions of the Conditions of theContract, and govern the execution of the work of all Sections of the specifications. Division 01General Requirements specify administrative and procedural requirements relating to executionof the Work, and temporary facilities for use during the construction period.

C. Sections and Divisions: The basic unit of specification text is the "Section," each of which isnamed and numbered. These are organized into related families called "Divisions," whichgenerally conform to the most current edition of "MasterFormat" as published by CSI. AnySection title is not intended to limit meaning or content of that Section, nor to be fully descriptiveof requirements specified therein, nor to be an integral part of the text.

D. Imperative Language: Used generally in the Specifications. Except as otherwise specified,requirements expressed imperatively are to be performed by Contractor. For clarity of readingat certain locations, contrasting subjective language is used to describe the responsibilitieswhich must be fulfilled either indirectly by Contractor, or when so noted by others.

1.03 SPECIFICATION CONTENT CONVENTIONSA. Overlapping Requirements: Where compliance with two or more industry standards or sets of

requirements is specified, and overlapping of those requirements also establishes different orconflicting minimums or levels of quality, the more stringent requirement will be enforced (whichis generally the more costly level).

B. Refer apparently equal but different requirements and uncertainties as to which level of qualityis required to Architect for interpretation or decision before proceeding.

C. Specification Minimum: In every instance, the specified requirement is the minimum to beperformed or fulfilled. In complying with minimum requirements, the indicated numeric valuesare either minimums or maximums as noted or as appropriate for the context of therequirement. Refer instances of uncertainty to Architect for decision.

D. Abbreviations: The language of the Specifications and elsewhere in the Contract Documents isof the abbreviated type in certain instances, and implies words and meanings which will beappropriately interpreted. Actual work abbreviations of a self-explanatory nature have beenincluded in the text.

E. Trade associations and general standards are frequently abbreviated. Singular words will beinterpreted as plural and plural words be interpreted as singular wherever applicable andwherever the full context of the requirements so indicate.

F. Specialists: In certain instances the Specification text may require that specific work beassigned to certain specialists or expert entities for the performance of those units of the Work. These are specified as requirements on which the Contractor has no choice or option.

1.04 DEFINITIONSA. Furnish: To supply, deliver, unload, and inspect for damage.

Page 28: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 4216DEFINITIONS AND

EXPLANATIONS

B. Install: To unpack, assemble, erect, apply, place, finish, cure, protect, clean, start up, and makeready for use.

C. Product: Material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the workresult. Not materials or equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying, or erection andnot incorporated into the work result. Products may be new, never before used, or re-usedmaterials or equipment.

D. Project Manual: The book-sized volume that includes the procurement requirements (if any),the contracting requirements, and the specifications.

E. Provide: To furnish and install.F. Supply: Same as Furnish.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USEDPART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED

END OF SECTION

Page 29: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 4533CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL

INSPECTIONS

SECTION 01 4533 - CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONSPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Code-required special inspections.B. Testing services incidental to special inspections.C. Submittals.D. Manufacturers' field services.E. Fabricators' field services.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Document 00 3100 - Available Project Information: Soil investigation data.B. Document 00 7200 - General Conditions: Inspections and approvals required by public

authorities.C. Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements: Submittal procedures.D. Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements.E. Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements: Requirements for material and product quality.

1.03 DEFINITIONSA. Code or Building Code: 2009 Edition of the International Building Code and, more specifically,

Chapter 17 - Structural Tests and Inspections, of same.B. Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ): Agency or individual officially empowered to enforce the

building, fire and life safety code requirements of the permitting jurisdiction in which the Projectis located.

C. International Accreditation Service, Inc. (IAS).D. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST).E. Special Inspection:

1. Special inspections are inspections and testing of materials, installation, fabrication,erection or placement of components and connections mandated by the AHJ that also require special expertise to ensure compliance with the approved contract documents andthe referenced standards.

2. Special inspections are separate from and independent of tests and inspections conductedby Owner or Contractor for the purposes of quality assurance and contract administration.

1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary.B. ACI 530/530.1/ERTA - Building Code Requirements and Specification for Masonry Structures

and Related Commentaries.C. AISC 360 - Specification for Structural Steel Buildings.D. ASTM A615/A615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon Steel Bars for

Concrete Reinforcement.E. ASTM C31/C31M - Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the

Field.F. ASTM C172/C172M - Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete.G. ASTM D3740 - Standard Practice for Minimum Requirements for Agencies Engaged in the

Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction.H. ASTM E329 - Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection and/or

Testing.I. ASTM E543 - Standard Specification for Agencies Performing Nondestructive Testing.

Page 30: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 4533CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL

INSPECTIONS

J. AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code - Steel.K. AWS D1.3/D1.3M - Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel.L. AWS D1.4/D1.4M - Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel.M. IAS AC89 - Accreditation Criteria for Testing Laboratories.N. IAS AC291 - Accreditation Criteria for Special Inspection Agencies.

1.05 SUBMITTALSA. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Special Inspection Agency Qualifications: Prior to the start of work, the Special Inspection

Agency shall:1. Submit agency name, address, and telephone number, names of full time registered

Engineer and responsible officer.2. Submit copy of report of laboratory facilities inspection made by NIST Construction

Materials Reference Laboratory during most recent inspection, with memorandum ofremedies of any deficiencies reported by the inspection.

3. Submit certification that Special Inspection Agency is acceptable to AHJ.4. Submit documentation that Special Inspection Agency is accredited by IAS according to

IAS AC291.C. Testing Agency Qualifications: Prior to the start of work, the Testing Agency shall:

1. Submit agency name, address, and telephone number, and names of full time registeredEngineer and responsible officer.

2. Submit copy of report of laboratory facilities inspection made by NIST ConstructionMaterials Reference Laboratory during most recent inspection, with memorandum ofremedies of any deficiencies reported by the inspection.

3. Submit certification that Testing Agency is acceptable to AHJ.4. Submit documentation that Testing Agency is accredited by IAS according to IAS AC89.

D. Manufacturer's Qualification Statement: Manufacturer shall submit documentation ofmanufacturing capability and quality control procedures. Include documentation of AHJapproval.

E. Fabricator's Qualification Statement: Fabricator shall submit documentation of fabricationfacilities and methods as well as quality control procedures. Include documentation of AHJapproval.

F. Special Inspection Reports: After each special inspection, Special Inspector shall promptlysubmit two copies of report; one to Architect and one to the AHJ.1. Include:

a. Date issued.b. Project title and number.c. Name of Special Inspector.d. Date and time of special inspection.e. Identification of product and specifications section.f. Location in the Project.g. Type of special inspection.h. Date of special inspection.i. Results of special inspection.j. Conformance with Contract Documents.

2. Final Special Inspection Report: Document special inspections and correction ofdiscrepancies prior to the start of the work.

G. Fabricator Special Inspection Reports: After each special inspection of fabricated items at theFabricator's facility, Special Inspector shall promptly submit two copies of report; one toArchitect and one to AHJ.1. Include:

a. Date issued.

Page 31: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 4533CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL

INSPECTIONS

b. Project title and number.c. Name of Special Inspector.d. Date and time of special inspection.e. Identification of fabricated item and specification section.f. Location in the Project.g. Results of special inspection.h. Verification of fabrication and quality control procedures.i. Conformance with Contract Documents.j. Conformance to referenced standard(s).

H. Test Reports: After each test or inspection, promptly submit two copies of report; one toArchitect and one to AHJ.1. Include:

a. Date issued.b. Project title and number.c. Name of inspector.d. Date and time of sampling or inspection.e. Identification of product and specifications section.f. Location in the Project.g. Type of test or inspection.h. Date of test or inspection.i. Results of test or inspection.j. Conformance with Contract Documents.

I. Certificates: When specified in individual special inspection requirements, Special Inspectorshall submit certification by the manufacturer, fabricator, and installation subcontractor toArchitect and AHJ, in quantities specified for Product Data.1. Indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit

supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate.2. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product, but must be

acceptable to Architect and AHJ.J. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Submit reports to Architect and AHJ.

1. Submit report in duplicate within 30 days of observation to Architect for information.2. Submit for information for the limited purpose of assessing conformance with information

given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents.K. Fabricator's Field Reports: Submit reports to Architect and AHJ.

1. Submit report in duplicate within 30 days of observation to Architect for information.2. Submit for information for the limited purpose of assessing conformance with information

given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents.1.06 SPECIAL INSPECTION AGENCY

A. Owner or Architect will employ services of a Special Inspection Agency to perform inspectionsand associated testing and sampling in accordance with ASTM E329 and required by thebuilding code.

B. The Special Inspection Agency may employ and pay for services of an independent testingagency to perform testing and sampling associated with special inspections and required by thebuilding code.

C. Employment of agency in no way relieves Contractor of obligation to perform work inaccordance with requirements of Contract Documents.

1.07 TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCIES1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Special Inspection Agency Qualifications:1. Independent firm specializing in performing testing and inspections of the type specified in

this section.

Page 32: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 4533CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL

INSPECTIONS

B. Testing Agency Qualifications:1. Independent firm specializing in performing testing and inspections of the type specified in

this section.C. Copies of Documents at Project Site: Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced

document.PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USEDPART 3 EXECUTION3.01 SCHEDULE OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS, GENERAL

A. Frequency of Special Inspections: Special Inspections are indicated as continuous or periodic.1. Continuous Special Inspection: Special Inspection Agency shall be present in the area

where the work is being performed and observe the work at all times the work is inprogress.

2. Periodic Special Inspection: Special Inspection Agency shall be present in the area wherework is being performed and observe the work part-time or intermittently and at thecompletion of the work.

3.02 SPECIAL INSPECTIONS FOR STEEL CONSTRUCTIONA. High-Strength Bolt, Nut and Washer Material:

1. Verify identification markings conform to ASTM standards specified in the approvedcontract and to AISC 360, Section A3.3; periodic.

2. Submit manufacturer's certificates of compliance; periodic.B. High-Strength Bolting Installation: Verify items listed below comply with AISC 360, Section

M2.5.1. Snug tight joints; periodic.2. Pretensioned and slip-critical joints with matchmarking, twist-off bolt or direct tension

indicator method of installation; periodic.3. Pretensioned and slip-critical joints without matchmarking or calibrated wrench method of

installation; continuous.C. Structural Steel and Cold Formed Steel Deck Material:

1. Structural Steel: Verify identification markings conform to AISC 360, Section M3.5;periodic.

2. Other Steel: Verify identification markings conform to ASTM standards specified in theapproved contract documents; periodic.

3. Submit manufacturer's certificates of compliance and test reports; periodic.D. Weld Filler Material:

1. Verify identification markings conform to AWS standards specified in the approvedcontract documents and to AISC 360, Section A3.5; periodic.

2. Submit manufacturer's certificates of compliance; periodic.E. Welding:

1. Structural Steel and Cold Formed Steel Deck:a. Complete and Partial Joint Penetration Groove Welds: Verify compliance with AWS

D1.1/D1.1M; continuous.b. Multipass Fillet Welds: Verify compliance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M; continuous.c. Single Pass Fillet Welds Less than 5/16 inch Wide: Verify compliance with AWS

D1.1/D1.1M; periodic.d. Plug and Slot Welds: Verify compliance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M; continuous.e. Single Pass Fillet Welds 5/16 inch or Greater: Verify compliance with AWS

D1.1/D1.1M; continuous.f. Floor and Roof Deck Welds: Verify compliance with AWS D1.3/D1.3M; continuous.

2. Reinforcing Steel: Verify items listed below comply with AWS D1.4/D1.4M and ACI 318,Section 3.5.2.a. Verification of weldability; periodic.

Page 33: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 4533CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL

INSPECTIONS

b. Shear reinforcement; continuous.c. Other reinforcing steel; periodic.

F. Steel Frame Joint Details: Verify compliance with approved contract documents.1. Details, bracing and stiffening; periodic.2. Member locations; periodic.3. Application of joint details at each connection; periodic.

3.03 SPECIAL INSPECTIONS FOR CONCRETE CONSTRUCTIONA. Reinforcing Steel, Including Prestressing of Tendons and Placement: Verify compliance with

approved contract documents and ACI 318, Sections 3.5 and 7.1 through 7.7; periodic.B. Reinforcing Steel Welding: Verify compliance with AWS D1.4/D1.4M and ACI 318, Section

3.5.2; periodic.C. Bolts Installed in Concrete: Where allowable loads have been increased or where strength

design is used, verify compliance with approved contract documents and ACI 318, Sections8.1.3 and 21.2.8 prior to and during placement of concrete; continuous.

D. Anchors Installed in Hardened Concrete: Verify compliance with ACI 318, Sections 3.8.6, 8.1.3,and 21.2.8; periodic.

E. Design Mix: Verify plastic concrete complies with the design mix in approved contractdocuments and with ACI 318, Chapter 4 and 5.2; periodic.

F. Concrete Sampling Concurrent with Strength Test Sampling: Each time fresh concrete issampled for strength tests, verify compliance with ASTM C172/C172M, ASTM C31/C31M andACI 318, Sections 5.6 and 5.8 and record the following, continuous:1. Slump.2. Air content.3. Temperature of concrete.

G. Concrete and Shotcrete Placement: Verify application techniques comply with approvedcontract documents and ACI 318, Sections 5.9 and 5.10; continuous.

H. Specified Curing Temperature and Techniques: Verify compliance with approved contractdocuments and ACI 318, Sections 5.11 through 5.13; periodic.

I. Formwork Shape, Location and Dimensions: Verify compliance with approved contractdocuments and ACI 318, Section 6.1.1; periodic.

J. Materials: If the Contractor cannot provide sufficient data or documentary evidence thatconcrete materials conform to the quality standards of ACI 318, the AHJ will require that theSpecial Inspector verify compliance with the appropriate standards and criteria in ACI 318,Chapter 3.

3.04 SPECIAL INSPECTIONS FOR MASONRY CONSTRUCTIONA. Masonry Structures Subject to Special Inspection:

1. Engineered masonry in structures classified as "low hazard..." and "substantial hazard tohuman life in the event of failure".

B. Verify each item below complies with approved contract documents and the applicable articlesof ACI 530/530.1/ERTA.1. Inspections and Approvals:

a. Verify compliance with the required inspection provisions of the approved contractdocuments; periodic.

b. Verify approval of submittals required by contract documents; periodic.2. Compressive Strength of Masonry: Verify compressive strength of masonry units prior to

start of construction unless specifically exempted by code; periodic.3. Slump Flow and Visual Stability Index (VSI): Verify compliance as self consolidating grout

arrives on site; continuous.4. Joints and Accessories: When masonry construction begins, verify:

a. Proportions of site prepared mortar; periodic.

Page 34: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 4533CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL

INSPECTIONS

b. Construction of mortar joints; periodic.c. Location of reinforcement, connectors, prestressing tendons, anchorages, etc;

periodic.5. Structural Elements, Joints, Anchors, Protection: During masonry construction, verify:

a. Size and location of structural elements; periodic.b. Type, size and location of anchors, including anchorage of masonry to structural

members, frames or other construction; periodic.c. Size, grade and type of reinforcement, anchor bolts and prestressing tendons and

anchorages; periodic.d. Welding of reinforcing bars; continuous.e. Preparation, construction and protection of masonry against hot weather above 90

degrees F and cold weather below 40 degrees F; periodic.6. Grouting Preparation: Prior to grouting, verify:

a. Grout space is clean; periodic.b. Correct placement of reinforcing, connectors, prestressing tendons and anchorages;

periodic.c. Correctly proportioned site prepared grouts and prestressing grout for bonded

tendons; periodic.d. Correctly constructed mortar joints; periodic.

7. Preparation of Grout Specimens, Mortar Specimens and Prisms: Observe preparation ofspecimens; periodic.

3.05 SPECIAL INSPECTIONS FOR SOILSA. Materials and Placement: Verify each item below complies with approved construction

documents and approved geotechnical report.1. Design bearing capacity of material below shallow foundations; periodic.2. Design depth of excavations and suitability of material at bottom of excavations; periodic.3. Materials, densities, lift thicknesses; placement and compaction of backfill: continuous.4. Subgrade, prior to placement of compacted fill; periodic.

B. Testing: Classify and test excavated material; periodic.3.06 SPECIAL INSPECTIONS FOR CAST-IN-PLACE DEEP FOUNDATIONS

A. Materials, Equipment and Final Placement: Verify each item below complies with approvedconstruction documents and approved geotechnical report.1. Element length; continuous.2. Element diameters and bell diameters; continuous.3. Embedment into bedrock; continuous.4. End bearing strata capacity; continuous.5. Placement locations and plumbness; continuous.6. Type and size of hammer; continuous.

B. Drilling Operations: Observe and maintain complete and accurate records for each element;continuous.

C. Material Volume: Record concrete and grout volumes.D. Concrete Elements Associated with Cast-in-Place Deep Foundations: Perform additional

inspections as required by the Special Inspections for Concrete Construction article of thissection.

3.07 SPECIAL INSPECTION AGENCY DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIESA. Special Inspection Agency shall:

1. Verify samples submitted by Contractor comply with the referenced standards and theapproved contract documents.

2. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Architect and Contractor inperformance of services.

3. Perform specified sampling and testing of products in accordance with specified referencestandards.

Page 35: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 4533CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL

INSPECTIONS

4. Ascertain compliance of materials and products with requirements of Contract Documents.5. Promptly notify Architect and Contractor of observed irregularities or non-conformance of

work or products.6. Perform additional tests and inspections required by Architect.7. Submit reports of all tests or inspections specified.

B. Limits on Special Inspection Agency Authority:1. Agency may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents.2. Agency may not approve or accept any portion of the work.3. Agency may not assume any duties of Contractor.4. Agency has no authority to stop the work.

C. Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performedby the same agency on instructions by Architect.

D. Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be paid for byContractor.

3.08 TESTING AGENCY DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIESA. Testing Agency Duties:

1. Test samples submitted by Contractor.2. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in

performance of services.3. Perform specified sampling and testing of products in accordance with specified

standards.4. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents.5. Promptly notify Architect and Contractor of observed irregularities or non-conformance of

work or products.6. Perform additional tests and inspections required by Architect.7. Submit reports of all tests or inspections specified.

B. Limits on Testing or Inspection Agency Authority:1. Agency may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents.2. Agency may not approve or accept any portion of the work.3. Agency may not assume any duties of Contractor.4. Agency has no authority to stop the work.

C. Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performedby the same agency on instructions by Architect.

D. Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be paid for byContractor.

3.09 CONTRACTOR DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIESA. Contractor Responsibilities, General:

1. Deliver to agency at designated location, adequate samples of materials for specialinspections that require material verification.

2. Cooperate with agency and laboratory personnel; provide access to the work, tomanufacturers' facilities, and to fabricators' facilities.

3. Provide incidental labor and facilities:a. To provide access to work to be tested or inspected.b. To obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of Products to be tested or

inspected.c. To facilitate tests or inspections.d. To provide storage and curing of test samples.

4. Notify Architect and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiringtesting or inspection services.

5. Arrange with Owner's agency and pay for additional samples, tests, and inspectionsrequired by Contractor beyond specified requirements.

Page 36: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 4533CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL

INSPECTIONS

3.10 MANUFACTURERS' AND FABRICATORS' FIELD SERVICESA. When specified in individual specification sections, require material suppliers, assembly

fabricators, or product manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe siteconditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up ofequipment, to test, adjust, and balance equipment and ________ as applicable, and to initiateinstructions when necessary.

B. Report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that aresupplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions.

END OF SECTION

Page 37: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 5000TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND

CONTROLS

SECTION 01 5000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLSPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Temporary telecommunications services.B. Temporary sanitary facilities.C. Waste removal facilities and services.D. Field offices.

1.02 TEMPORARY UTILITIESA. Provide and pay for all electrical power, lighting, water, heating and cooling, and ventilation

required for construction purposes.1.03 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES

A. Provide, maintain, and pay for telecommunications services to field office at time of projectmobilization.

1.04 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIESA. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. Provide at time of project mobilization.B. Maintain daily in clean and sanitary condition.

1.05 BARRIERSA. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas, to prevent access to areas

that could be hazardous to workers or the public, to allow for owner's use of site and to protectexisting facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations anddemolition.

B. Provide barricades and covered walkways required by governing authorities for publicrights-of-way and for public access to existing building.

C. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site, and structures from damage.1.06 WASTE REMOVAL

A. Provide waste removal facilities and services as required to maintain the site in clean andorderly condition.

B. Provide containers with lids. Remove trash from site periodically.C. If materials to be recycled or re-used on the project must be stored on-site, provide suitable

non-combustible containers; locate containers holding flammable material outside the structureunless otherwise approved by the authorities having jurisdiction.

D. Open free-fall chutes are not permitted. Terminate closed chutes into appropriate containerswith lids.

1.07 FIELD OFFICESA. Office: Weathertight, with lighting, electrical outlets, heating, cooling equipment, and equipped

with sturdy furniture, drawing rack, and drawing display table.B. Provide space for Project meetings, with table and chairs to accommodate 6 persons.C. Locate offices a minimum distance of 30 feet from existing and new structures.

1.08 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLSA. Remove temporary utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, prior to Date of Substantial

Completion inspection.B. Remove underground installations to a minimum depth of 2 feet. Grade site as indicated.C. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work.

Page 38: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 5000TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND

CONTROLS

PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USEDPART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED

END OF SECTION

Page 39: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 6000PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTSPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. General product requirements.B. Re-use of existing products.C. Transportation, handling, storage and protection.D. Product option requirements.E. Substitution limitations.F. Procedures for Owner-supplied products.G. Maintenance materials, including extra materials, spare parts, tools, and software.

1.02 SUBMITTALSA. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal proceduresB. Proposed Products List: Submit list of major products proposed for use, with name of

manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product.1. Submit within 15 days after date of Agreement.2. For products specified only by reference standards, list applicable reference standards.

C. Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard published data. Mark each copy toidentify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers'standard data to provide information specific to this Project.

D. Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for this Project; indicate utility and electricalcharacteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service forfunctional equipment and appliances.

E. Sample Submittals: Illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the product, withintegral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work.1. For selection from standard finishes, submit samples of the full range of the

manufacturer's standard colors, textures, and patterns.PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 EXISTING PRODUCTS

A. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises unless specificallyrequired or permitted by the Contract Documents.

B. Existing materials and equipment indicated to be removed, but not to be re-used, relocated,reinstalled, delivered to the Owner, or otherwise indicated as to remain the property of theOwner, become the property of the Contractor; remove from site.

C. Specific Products to be Reused: The reuse of certain materials and equipment already existingon the project site is not prohibited.1. If reuse of other existing materials or equipment is desired, submit substitution request.

2.02 NEW PRODUCTSA. Provide new products unless specifically required or permitted by the Contract Documents.B. DO NOT USE products having any of the following characteristics:

1. Containing lead, cadmium, asbestos.2.03 PRODUCT OPTIONS

A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product meetingthose standards or description.

B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Use a product of one of themanufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed.

Page 40: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 6000PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named.

D. Products Specified by Naming a Basis of Design Manufacturer or Product with a Provision forSubstitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any other manufacturer listed under OtherAcceptable Manufacturers, or for a manufacturer not named.1. Refer to Section 01 4000 for basis of design specifications requirements

2.04 MAINTENANCE MATERIALSA. Furnish extra materials, spare parts, tools, and software of types and in quantities specified in

individual specification sections.B. Deliver to Project site; obtain receipt prior to final payment.

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 SUBSTITUTION LIMITATIONS

A. See Section 01 2500 - Substitution Procedures.B. Instructions to Bidders specify time restrictions for submitting requests for substitutions during

the bidding period. Comply with requirements specified in this section.C. Architect will consider requests for substitutions only within 30 days after date of Agreement.

1. Substitutions will only be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no faultof the Contractor.

D. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitutionwith Contract Documents.

E. A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter:1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality

level of the specified product.2. Will provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product.3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work that may be required for the

Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner.4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension that may subsequently become

apparent.5. Will reimburse Owner and Architect for review or redesign services associated with

re-approval by authorities.F. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or

product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will requirerevision to the Contract Documents.

G. Substitution Submittal Procedure:1. Submit three copies of request for substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one

proposed substitution.2. Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed

product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer.3. The Architect will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request.

3.02 OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTSA. Owner's Responsibilities:

1. Arrange for and deliver Owner reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples, toContractor.

2. Arrange and pay for product delivery to site.3. On delivery, inspect products jointly with Contractor.4. Submit claims for transportation damage and replace damaged, defective, or deficient

items.5. Arrange for manufacturers' warranties, inspections, and service.

B. Contractor's Responsibilities:1. Review Owner reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples.

Page 41: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 6000PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

2. Receive and unload products at site; inspect for completeness or damage jointly withOwner.

3. Handle, store, install and finish products.4. Repair or replace items damaged after receipt.

3.03 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLINGA. Package products for shipment in manner to prevent damage; for equipment, package to avoid

loss of factory calibration.B. If special precautions are required, attach instructions prominently and legibly on outside of

packaging.C. Coordinate schedule of product delivery to designated prepared areas in order to minimize site

storage time and potential damage to stored materials.D. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.E. Transport materials in covered trucks to prevent contamination of product and littering of

surrounding areas.F. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are

correct, and products are undamaged.G. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling,

disfigurement, or damage, and to minimize handling.H. Arrange for the return of packing materials, such as wood pallets, where economically feasible.

3.04 STORAGE AND PROTECTIONA. Designate receiving/storage areas for incoming products so that they are delivered according to

installation schedule and placed convenient to work area in order to minimize waste due toexcessive materials handling and misapplication.

B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions.C. Store with seals and labels intact and legible.D. Store sensitive products in weather tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment

favorable to product.E. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground.F. Protect products from damage or deterioration due to construction operations, weather,

precipitation, humidity, temperature, sunlight and ultraviolet light, dirt, dust, and othercontaminants.

G. Comply with manufacturer's warranty conditions, if any.H. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to

prevent condensation and degradation of products.I. Prevent contact with material that may cause corrosion, discoloration, or staining.J. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling,

disfigurement, or damage.K. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify

products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition.END OF SECTION

Page 42: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 7000EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT

REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 01 7000 - EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTSPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Examination, preparation, and general installation procedures.B. Pre-installation meetings.C. Cutting and patching.D. Surveying for laying out the work.E. Cleaning and protection.F. Starting of systems and equipment.G. Demonstration and instruction of Owner personnel.H. Closeout procedures, including Contractor's Correction Punch List, except payment procedures.I. General requirements for maintenance service.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Section 01 7900 - Demonstration and Training: Demonstration of products and systemsB. Section 07 8400 - Firestopping.

1.03 SUBMITTALSA. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Survey work: Submit name, address, and telephone number of Surveyor before starting survey

work.1. On request, submit documentation verifying accuracy of survey work.2. Submit a copy of site drawing signed by the Land Surveyor, that the elevations and

locations of the work are in conformance with Contract Documents.3. Submit surveys and survey logs for the project record.

C. Cutting and Patching: Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration that affects:1. Structural integrity of any element of Project.2. Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element.3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element.4. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements.5. Work of Owner or separate Contractor.6. Include in request:

a. Identification of Project.b. Location and description of affected work.c. Necessity for cutting or alteration.d. Description of proposed work and products to be used.e. Alternatives to cutting and patching.f. Effect on work of Owner or separate Contractor.g. Written permission of affected separate Contractor.h. Date and time work will be executed.

D. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of capped and active utilities.1.04 QUALIFICATIONS

A. For survey work, employ a land surveyor registered in Colorado and acceptable to Architect. Submit evidence of Surveyor's Errors and Omissions insurance coverage in the form of anInsurance Certificate.

B. For field engineering, employ a professional engineer of the discipline required for specificservice on Project, licensed in Colorado.

C. For design of temporary shoring and bracing, employ a Professional Engineer experienced indesign of this type of work and licensed in Colorado.

Page 43: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 7000EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT

REQUIREMENTS

1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONSA. Use of explosives is not permitted.B. Grade site to drain. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and maintain

pumping equipment.C. Protect site from puddling or running water. Provide water barriers as required to protect site

from soil erosion.D. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent

accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases.E. Dust Control: Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations.

Provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere and overadjacent property.1. Provide dust-proof enclosures to prevent entry of dust generated outdoors.2. Provide dust-proof barriers between construction areas and areas continuing to be

occupied by Owner.F. Erosion and Sediment Control: Plan and execute work by methods to control surface drainage

from cuts and fills, from borrow and waste disposal areas. Prevent erosion and sedimentation.1. Minimize amount of bare soil exposed at one time.2. Provide temporary measures such as berms, dikes, and drains, to prevent water flow.3. Construct fill and waste areas by selective placement to avoid erosive surface silts or

clays.4. Periodically inspect earthwork to detect evidence of erosion and sedimentation; promptly

apply corrective measures.G. Noise Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to minimize noise produced by

construction operations.H. Pest and Insect Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent pests and insects

from damaging the work.I. Rodent Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent rodents from accessing or

invading premises.J. Pollution Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent contamination of soil,

water, and atmosphere from discharge of noxious, toxic substances, and pollutants produced byconstruction operations. Comply with federal, state, and local regulations.

1.06 COORDINATIONA. See Section 01 1000 for occupancy-related requirements.B. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to

ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements,with provisions for accommodating items installed later.

C. Notify affected utility companies and comply with their requirements.D. Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of new operating equipment are compatible

with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilitiesfor installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment.

E. Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical workthat are indicated diagrammatically on drawings. Follow routing indicated for pipes, ducts, andconduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spacesefficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs.

F. In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within theconstruction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements.

G. Coordinate completion and clean-up of work of separate sections.

Page 44: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 7000EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT

REQUIREMENTS

H. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective workand work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner'sactivities.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 PATCHING MATERIALS

A. New Materials: As specified in product sections; match existing products and work for patchingand extending work.

B. Type and Quality of Existing Products: Determine by inspecting and testing products wherenecessary, referring to existing work as a standard.

C. Product Substitution: For any proposed change in materials, submit request for substitutiondescribed in Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work. Start of work means acceptance of existing conditions.

B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new work beingapplied or attached.

C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections.D. Take field measurements before confirming product orders or beginning fabrication, to minimize

waste due to over-ordering or misfabrication.E. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct

locations.F. Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements

subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering existing work,assess conditions affecting performance of work. Beginning of cutting or patching meansacceptance of existing conditions.

3.02 PREPARATIONA. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance.B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance.C. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to

applying any new material or substance in contact or bond.3.03 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. When required in individual specification sections, convene a preinstallation meeting at the siteprior to commencing work of the section.

B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting, or affected by, work of the specific section.C. Notify Architect seven days in advance of meeting date.D. Prepare agenda and preside at meeting:

1. Review conditions of examination, preparation and installation procedures.2. Review coordination with related work.

E. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with twocopies to Architect, Owner, participants, and those affected by decisions made.

3.04 LAYING OUT THE WORKA. Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting work.B. Promptly notify Architect of any discrepancies discovered.C. Control datum for survey is that established by Owner provided survey.

Page 45: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 7000EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT

REQUIREMENTS

D. Locate and protect survey control points prior to starting site work; preserve permanentreference points during construction.

E. Promptly report to Architect the loss or destruction of any reference point or relocation requiredbecause of changes in grades or other reasons.

F. Replace dislocated survey control points based on original survey control. Make no changeswithout prior written notice to Architect.

G. Utilize recognized engineering survey practices.H. Establish a minimum of two permanent bench marks on site, referenced to established control

points. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on project record documents.I. Establish elevations, lines and levels. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar

appropriate means:1. Site improvements including pavements; stakes for grading, fill and topsoil placement;

utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations.2. Grid or axis for structures.3. Building foundation, column locations, and ground floor elevations.

J. Periodically verify layouts by same means.K. Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses.L. On completion of foundation walls and major site improvements, prepare a certified survey

illustrating dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations of construction and site work.3.05 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Install products as specified in individual sections, in accordance with manufacturer'sinstructions and recommendations, and so as to avoid waste due to necessity for replacement.

B. Make vertical elements plumb and horizontal elements level, unless otherwise indicated.C. Install equipment and fittings plumb and level, neatly aligned with adjacent vertical and

horizontal lines, unless otherwise indicated.D. Make consistent texture on surfaces, with seamless transitions, unless otherwise indicated.E. Make neat transitions between different surfaces, maintaining texture and appearance.

3.06 CUTTING AND PATCHINGA. Whenever possible, execute the work by methods that avoid cutting or patching.B. Perform whatever cutting and patching is necessary to:

1. Complete the work.2. Fit products together to integrate with other work.3. Provide openings for penetration of mechanical, electrical, and other services.4. Match work that has been cut to adjacent work.5. Repair areas adjacent to cuts to required condition.6. Repair new work damaged by subsequent work.7. Remove samples of installed work for testing when requested.8. Remove and replace defective and non-conforming work.

C. Execute work by methods that avoid damage to other work and that will provide appropriatesurfaces to receive patching and finishing. In existing work, minimize damage and restore tooriginal condition.

D. Employ original installer to perform cutting for weather exposed and moisture resistantelements, and sight exposed surfaces.

E. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without priorapproval.

F. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.G. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces.

Page 46: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 7000EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT

REQUIREMENTS

H. At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voidswith fire rated material in accordance with Section 07 8400, to full thickness of the penetratedelement.

I. Patching:1. Finish patched surfaces to match finish that existed prior to patching. On continuous

surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entireunit.

2. Match color, texture, and appearance.3. Repair patched surfaces that are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other

imperfections due to patching work. If defects are due to condition of substrate, repairsubstrate prior to repairing finish.

3.07 PROGRESS CLEANINGA. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly

condition.B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed

or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space.C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning

to eliminate dust.D. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and trash/rubbish from site periodically and dispose

off-site; do not burn or bury.3.08 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK

A. Protect installed work from damage by construction operations.B. Provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections.C. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate

work area to prevent damage.D. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings.E. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement

of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials.F. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is

necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing materialmanufacturer.

G. Prohibit traffic from landscaped areas.H. Remove protective coverings when no longer needed; reuse or recycle coverings if possible.

3.09 SYSTEM STARTUPA. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems.B. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive

rotation, belt tension, control sequence, and for conditions that may cause damage.C. Verify tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by

the equipment or system manufacturer.D. Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested.E. Execute start-up under supervision of applicable Contractor personnel and manufacturer's

representative in accordance with manufacturers' instructions.F. Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning

correctly.3.10 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION

A. See Section 01 7900 - Demonstration and Training.

Page 47: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 7000EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT

REQUIREMENTS

3.11 ADJUSTINGA. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation.

3.12 FINAL CLEANINGA. Execute final cleaning prior to final project assessment.

1. Clean areas to be occupied by Owner prior to final completion before Owner occupancy.B. Use cleaning materials that are nonhazardous.C. Clean interior and exterior glass, surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains

and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces, vacuum carpeted and softsurfaces.

D. Remove all labels that are not permanent. Do not paint or otherwise cover fire test labels ornameplates on mechanical and electrical equipment.

E. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate to thesurface and material being cleaned.

F. Clean filters of operating equipment.G. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts, scuppers, overflow drains, area drains, and

drainage systems.H. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces.I. Remove waste, surplus materials, trash/rubbish, and construction facilities from the site;

dispose of in legal manner; do not burn or bury.3.13 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

A. Make submittals that are required by governing or other authorities.1. Provide copies to Architect and Owner.

B. Accompany Project Coordinator on preliminary inspection to determine items to be listed forcompletion or correction in the Contractor's Correction Punch List for Contractor's Notice ofSubstantial Completion.

C. Notify Architect when work is considered ready for Architect's Substantial Completioninspection.

D. Submit written certification containing Contractor's Correction Punch List, that ContractDocuments have been reviewed, work has been inspected, and that work is complete inaccordance with Contract Documents and ready for Architect's Substantial Completioninspection.

E. Owner will occupy all of the building as specified in Section 01 1000.F. Conduct Substantial Completion inspection and create Final Correction Punch List containing

Architect's and Contractor's comprehensive list of items identified to be completed or correctedand submit to Architect.

G. Correct items of work listed in Final Correction Punch List and comply with requirements foraccess to Owner-occupied areas.

H. Notify Architect when work is considered finally complete and ready for Architect's SubstantialCompletion final inspection.

I. Complete items of work determined by Architect listed in executed Certificate of SubstantialCompletion.

J. Complete items of work determined by Architect's final inspection.3.14 MAINTENANCE

A. Provide service and maintenance of components indicated in specification sections.B. Maintenance Period: As indicated in specification sections or, if not indicated, not less than one

year from the Date of Substantial Completion or the length of the specified warranty, whicheveris longer.

Page 48: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 7000EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT

REQUIREMENTS

C. Examine system components at a frequency consistent with reliable operation. Clean, adjust,and lubricate as required.

D. Include systematic examination, adjustment, and lubrication of components. Repair or replaceparts whenever required. Use parts produced by the manufacturer of the original component.

E. Maintenance service shall not be assigned or transferred to any agent or subcontractor withoutprior written consent of the Owner.

END OF SECTION

Page 49: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 7800CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

SECTION 01 7800 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALSPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Project Record Documents.B. Operation and Maintenance Data.C. Warranties and bonds.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements: Submittals procedures, shop drawings,

product data, and samples.B. Individual Product Sections: Specific requirements for operation and maintenance data.C. Individual Product Sections: Warranties required for specific products or Work.

1.03 SUBMITTALSA. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Project Record Documents: Submit documents to Architect with claim for final Application for

Payment.C. Operation and Maintenance Data:

1. Submit two copies of preliminary draft or proposed formats and outlines of contents beforestart of Work. Architect will review draft and return one copy with comments.

2. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction andoperated by Owner, submit completed documents within ten days after acceptance.

3. Submit one copy of completed documents 15 days prior to final inspection. This copy willbe reviewed and returned after final inspection, with Architect comments. Revise contentof all document sets as required prior to final submission.

4. Submit two sets of revised final documents in final form within 10 days after finalinspection.

D. Warranties and Bonds:1. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with

Owner's permission, submit documents within 10 days after acceptance.2. Make other submittals within 10 days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final

Application for Payment.3. For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial

Completion, submit within 10 days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as thebeginning of the warranty period.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USEDPART 3 EXECUTION3.01 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

A. Maintain on site one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work:1. Drawings.2. Specifications.3. Addenda.4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract.5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples.6. Manufacturer's instruction for assembly, installation, and adjusting.

B. Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by Owner.C. Store record documents separate from documents used for construction.D. Record information concurrent with construction progress.E. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each product section description of actual products

installed, including the following:

Page 50: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 7800CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

1. Manufacturer's name and product model and number.2. Product substitutions or alternates utilized.3. Changes made by Addenda and modifications.

F. Record Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual constructionincluding:1. Measured depths of foundations in relation to finish first floor datum.2. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances,

referenced to permanent surface improvements.3. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction,

referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work.4. Field changes of dimension and detail.5. Details not on original Contract drawings.

3.02 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATAA. Source Data: For each product or system, list names, addresses and telephone numbers of

Subcontractors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts.B. Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts, and

data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information.C. Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and

systems, to show control and flow diagrams. Do not use Project Record Documents asmaintenance drawings.

D. Typed Text: As required to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of instructionsfor each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions.

3.03 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHESA. For Each Product, Applied Material, and Finish:

1. Product data, with catalog number, size, composition, and color and texture designations.2. Information for re-ordering custom manufactured products.

B. Instructions for Care and Maintenance: Manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agentsand methods, precautions against detrimental cleaning agents and methods, andrecommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance.

C. Moisture protection and weather-exposed products: Include product data listing applicablereference standards, chemical composition, and details of installation. Providerecommendations for inspections, maintenance, and repair.

D. Additional information as specified in individual product specification sections.E. Where additional instructions are required, beyond the manufacturer's standard printed

instructions, have instructions prepared by personnel experienced in the operation andmaintenance of the specific products.

3.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMSA. For Each Item of Equipment and Each System:

1. Description of unit or system, and component parts.2. Identify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.3. Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests.4. Complete nomenclature and model number of replaceable parts.

B. Where additional instructions are required, beyond the manufacturer's standard printedinstructions, have instructions prepared by personnel experienced in the operation andmaintenance of the specific products.

C. Panelboard Circuit Directories: Provide electrical service characteristics, controls, andcommunications; typed.

D. Include color coded wiring diagrams as installed.

Page 51: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 7800CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

E. Operating Procedures: Include start-up, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions andsequences. Include regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and emergency instructions. Include summer, winter, and any special operating instructions.

F. Maintenance Requirements: Include routine procedures and guide for preventativemaintenance and trouble shooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions; andalignment, adjusting, balancing, and checking instructions.

G. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required.H. Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions.I. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer.J. Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams

required for maintenance.K. Provide control diagrams by controls manufacturer as installed.L. Provide Contractor's coordination drawings, with color coded piping diagrams as installed.M. Provide charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve, keyed to flow and

control diagrams.N. Provide list of original manufacturer's spare parts, current prices, and recommended quantities

to be maintained in storage.O. Include test and balancing reports.P. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual product specification sections.

3.05 ASSEMBLY OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALSA. Assemble operation and maintenance data into durable manuals for Owner's personnel use,

with data arranged in the same sequence as, and identified by, the specification sections.B. Where systems involve more than one specification section, provide separate tabbed divider for

each system.C. Binders: Commercial quality, 8-1/2 by 11 inch three D side ring binders with durable plastic

covers; 2 inch maximum ring size. When multiple binders are used, correlate data into relatedconsistent groupings.

D. Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCEINSTRUCTIONS; identify title of Project; identify subject matter of contents.

E. Project Directory: Title and address of Project; names, addresses, and telephone numbers ofArchitect, Consultants, Contractor and subcontractors, with names of responsible parties.

F. Tables of Contents: List every item separated by a divider, using the same identification as onthe divider tab; where multiple volumes are required, include all volumes Tables of Contents ineach volume, with the current volume clearly identified.

G. Dividers: Provide tabbed dividers for each separate product and system; identify the contentson the divider tab; immediately following the divider tab include a description of product andmajor component parts of equipment.

H. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data on 20 pound paper.I. Drawings: Provide with reinforced punched binder tab. Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to

size of text pages.J. Arrangement of Contents: Organize each volume in parts as follows:

1. Project Directory.2. Table of Contents, of all volumes, and of this volume.3. Operation and Maintenance Data: Arranged by system, then by product category.

a. Source data.b. Product data, shop drawings, and other submittals.c. Operation and maintenance data.d. Field quality control data.

Page 52: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 7800CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

e. Photocopies of warranties and bonds.3.06 WARRANTIES AND BONDS

A. Obtain warranties and bonds, executed in duplicate by responsible Subcontractors, suppliers,and manufacturers, within 10 days after completion of the applicable item of work. Except foritems put into use with Owner's permission, leave date of beginning of time of warranty untilDate of Substantial completion is determined.

B. Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized.C. Co-execute submittals when required.D. Retain warranties and bonds until time specified for submittal.E. Include originals of each in operation and maintenance manuals, indexed separately on Table of

Contents.END OF SECTION

Page 53: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 7900DEMONSTRATION AND

TRAINING

SECTION 01 7900 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAININGPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SUMMARY

A. Demonstration of products and systems where indicated in specific specification sections.B. Training of Owner personnel in operation and maintenance is required for:

1. All software-operated systems.2. HVAC systems and equipment.3. Plumbing equipment.4. Electrical systems and equipment.5. Items specified in individual product Sections.

C. Training of Owner personnel in care, cleaning, maintenance, and repair is required for:1. Roofing, waterproofing, and other weather-exposed or moisture protection products.2. Finishes, including flooring, wall finishes, ceiling finishes.3. Fixtures and fittings.4. Items specified in individual product Sections.

1.02 SUBMITTALSA. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Training Plan: Owner will designate personnel to be trained; tailor training to needs and

skill-level of attendees.1. Submit to Architect for transmittal to Owner.2. Submit not less than four weeks prior to start of training.3. Revise and resubmit until acceptable.4. Provide an overall schedule showing all training sessions.5. Include at least the following for each training session:

a. Identification, date, time, and duration.b. Description of products and/or systems to be covered.c. Name of firm and person conducting training; include qualifications.d. Intended audience, such as job description.e. Objectives of training and suggested methods of ensuring adequate training.f. Methods to be used, such as classroom lecture, live demonstrations, hands-on, etc.g. Media to be used, such a slides, hand-outs, etc.h. Training equipment required, such as projector, projection screen, etc., to be provided

by Contractor.C. Training Manuals: Provide training manual for each attendee; allow for minimum of two

attendees per training session.1. Include applicable portion of O&M manuals.2. Include copies of all hand-outs, slides, overheads, video presentations, etc., that are not

included in O&M manuals.3. Provide one extra copy of each training manual to be included with operation and

maintenance data.D. Training Reports:

1. Identification of each training session, date, time, and duration.2. Sign-in sheet showing names and job titles of attendees.3. List of attendee questions and written answers given, including copies of and references to

supporting documentation required for clarification; include answers to questions that couldnot be answered in original training session.

E. Video Recordings: Submit digital video recording of each demonstration and training sessionfor Owner's subsequent use.1. Format: DVD Disc.2. Label each disc and container with session identification and date.

Page 54: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 7900DEMONSTRATION AND

TRAINING

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Instructor Qualifications: Familiar with design, operation, maintenance and troubleshooting of

the relevant products and systems. 1. Provide as instructors the most qualified trainer of those contractors and/or installers who

actually supplied and installed the systems and equipment.2. Where a single person is not familiar with all aspects, provide specialists with necessary

qualifications.PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USEDPART 3 EXECUTION3.01 DEMONSTRATION - GENERAL

A. Demonstrations conducted during system start-up do not qualify as demonstrations for thepurposes of this section, unless approved in advance by Owner.

B. Demonstration may be combined with Owner personnel training if applicable.C. Operating Equipment and Systems: Demonstrate operation in all modes, including start-up,

shut-down, seasonal changeover, emergency conditions, and troubleshooting, and maintenanceprocedures, including scheduled and preventive maintenance.1. Perform demonstrations not less than two weeks prior to Substantial Completion.2. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other

season within six months.D. Non-Operating Products: Demonstrate cleaning, scheduled and preventive maintenance, and

repair procedures.1. Perform demonstrations not less than two weeks prior to Substantial Completion.

3.02 TRAINING - GENERALA. Conduct training on-site unless otherwise indicated.B. Owner will provide classroom and seating at no cost to Contractor.C. Provide training in minimum two hour segments.D. Training schedule will be subject to availability of Owner's personnel to be trained; re-schedule

training sessions as required by Owner; once schedule has been approved by Owner failure toconduct sessions according to schedule will be cause for Owner to charge Contractor forpersonnel "show-up" time.

E. Review of Facility Policy on Operation and Maintenance Data: During training discuss:1. The location of the O&M manuals and procedures for use and preservation; backup

copies.2. Typical contents and organization of all manuals, including explanatory information, system

narratives, and product specific information.3. Typical uses of the O&M manuals.

F. Product- and System-Specific Training:1. Review the applicable O&M manuals.2. For systems, provide an overview of system operation, design parameters and constraints,

and operational strategies.3. Review instructions for proper operation in all modes, including start-up, shut-down,

seasonal changeover and emergency procedures, and for maintenance, includingpreventative maintenance.

4. Provide hands-on training on all operational modes possible and preventive maintenance.5. Emphasize safe and proper operating requirements; discuss relevant health and safety

issues and emergency procedures.6. Discuss common troubleshooting problems and solutions.7. Discuss any peculiarities of equipment installation or operation.8. Discuss warranties and guarantees, including procedures necessary to avoid voiding

coverage.

Page 55: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

01 7900DEMONSTRATION AND

TRAINING

9. Review recommended tools and spare parts inventory suggestions of manufacturers.10. Review spare parts and tools required to be furnished by Contractor.11. Review spare parts suppliers and sources and procurement procedures.

G. Be prepared to answer questions raised by training attendees; if unable to answer duringtraining session, provide written response within three days.

END OF SECTION

Page 56: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

03 0516UNDERSLAB VAPOR BARRIER

SECTION 03 0516 - UNDERSLAB VAPOR BARRIERPART 1 GENERALPART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 MATERIALS

A. Underslab Vapor Barrier:1. Water Vapor Permeance: Not more than 0.010 perms, maximum.2. Thickness: 15 mils.3. Basis of Design:

a. Stego Industries LLC; Stego Wrap Vapor Barrier (15-mil): www.stegoindustries.com/#sle.

B. Accessory Products: Vapor barrier manufacturer's recommended tape, adhesive, mastic, etc.,for sealing seams and penetrations in vapor barrier.

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Install vapor barrier in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM E1643.B. Install vapor barrier under interior slabs on grade; lap sheet over footings and seal to foundation

walls.C. Lap joints minimum 6 inches.D. Seal joints, seams and penetrations watertight with manufacturer's recommended products and

follow manufacturer's written instructions.E. No penetration of vapor barrier is allowed except for reinforcing steel and permanent utilities.F. Repair damaged vapor retarder before covering with other materials.

END OF SECTION

Page 57: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

03 1000CONCRETE FORMING AND

ACCESSORIES

SECTION 03 1000 - CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIESPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Formwork for cast-in place concrete, with shoring, bracing and anchorage.B. Openings for other work.C. Form accessories.D. Form stripping.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Section 03 2000 - Concrete Reinforcing.B. Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.C. Section 04 2000 - Unit Masonry: Reinforcement for masonry.D. Section 04 2001 - Masonry Veneer: Spacing for veneer anchor reglets recessed in concrete.E. Section 04 2731 - Reinforced Unit Masonry: Reinforcement for engineered masonry.F. Section 05 1200 - Structural Steel Framing: Placement of embedded steel anchors and plates

in cast-in-place concrete.G. Section 05 2100 - Steel Joist Framing: Placement of embedded steel anchors, plates and joist

seats in cast-in-place concrete.H. Section 05 3100 - Steel Decking: Placement of steel anchors in composite decking.

1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. ACI 117 - Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials.B. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete.C. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary.D. ACI 347R - Guide to Formwork for Concrete.E. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or

Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.F. PS 1 - Structural Plywood.

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Product Data: Provide data on void form materials and installation requirements.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 FORMWORK - GENERAL

A. Provide concrete forms, accessories, shoring, and bracing as required to accomplishcast-in-place concrete work.

B. Design and construct to provide resultant concrete that conforms to design with respect toshape, lines, and dimensions.

C. Comply with applicable state and local codes with respect to design, fabrication, erection, andremoval of formwork.

D. Comply with relevant portions of ACI 347R, ACI 301, and ACI 318.2.02 WOOD FORM MATERIALS

A. Form Materials: At the discretion of the Contractor.2.03 REMOVABLE PREFABRICATED FORMS

A. Preformed Steel Forms: Minimum 16 gage, 0.0598 inch thick, matched, tight fitting, stiffened tosupport weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearance offinished surfaces.

Page 58: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

03 1000CONCRETE FORMING AND

ACCESSORIES

B. Preformed Plastic Forms: Thermoplastic polystyrene form liner, tight fitting, stiffened to supportweight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearance of finishedsurfaces.

C. Glass Fiber Fabric Reinforced Plastic Forms: Matched, tight fitting, stiffened to support weightof concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and appearance of finished concretesurfaces.

2.04 FORMWORK ACCESSORIESA. Form Ties: Removable type, galvanized metal, fixed length, cone type, with waterproofing

washer, free of defects that could leave holes larger than 1 inch in concrete surface. B. Form Release Agent: Capable of releasing forms from hardened concrete without staining or

discoloring concrete or forming bugholes and other surface defects, compatible with concreteand form materials, and not requiring removal for satisfactory bonding of coatings to be applied.1. Composition: Colorless reactive, mineral oil-based, soy-based, or vegetable-oil based

compound.2. Do not use materials containing diesel oil or petroleum-based compounds.3. VOC Content: In compliance with applicable local, State, and federal regulations.

C. Filler Strips for Chamfered Corners: Wood strip type; 3/4" x 3/4" inch size; maximum possiblelengths.

D. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages: Sized as required, of sufficient strengthand character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete.

E. Embedded Anchor Shapes, Plates, Angles and Bars: As specified in Section 05 1200.PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify lines, levels and centers before proceeding with formwork. Ensure that dimensions agreewith drawings.

3.02 EARTH FORMSA. Earth forms are not permitted.

3.03 ERECTION - FORMWORKA. Erect formwork, shoring and bracing to achieve design requirements, in accordance with

requirements of ACI 301.B. Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork. Shore or strengthen formwork subject to

overstressing by construction loads.C. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping. Do not damage concrete

during stripping. Permit removal of remaining principal shores.D. Align joints and make watertight. Keep form joints to a minimum.E. Obtain approval before framing openings in structural members that are not indicated on

drawings.F. Coordinate this section with other sections of work that require attachment of components to

formwork.G. If formwork is placed after reinforcement, resulting in insufficient concrete cover over

reinforcement, request instructions from Architect before proceeding.3.04 APPLICATION - FORM RELEASE AGENT

A. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.B. Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items.C. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes or applied

coverings that are affected by agent. Soak inside surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. Keep surfaces coated prior to placement of concrete.

Page 59: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

03 1000CONCRETE FORMING AND

ACCESSORIES

3.05 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS, AND OPENINGSA. Provide formed openings where required for items to be embedded in passing through concrete

work.B. Locate and set in place items that will be cast directly into concrete.C. Coordinate with work of other sections in forming and placing openings, slots, reglets, recesses,

sleeves, bolts, anchors, other inserts, and components of other work.D. Position recessed anchor slots for brick veneer masonry anchors to spacing and intervals

specified in Section 04 2001.E. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, so they are straight, level,

and plumb. Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement.F. Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to facilitate cleaning and

inspection. Locate openings at bottom of forms to allow flushing water to drain.G. Close temporary openings with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face of forms, and neatly

fitted so joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces.3.06 FORM CLEANING

A. Clean forms as erection proceeds, to remove foreign matter within forms.B. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete.

1. Flush with water or use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter. Ensure thatwater and debris drain to exterior through clean-out ports.

2. During cold weather, remove ice and snow from within forms. Do not use de-icing salts. Do not use water to clean out forms, unless formwork and concrete construction proceedwithin heated enclosure. Use compressed air or other means to remove foreign matter.

3.07 FORMWORK TOLERANCESA. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI 117, unless otherwise indicated.

3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. An independent testing agency will perform field quality control tests, as specified in Section 01

4000 - Quality Requirements.B. Inspect erected formwork, shoring, and bracing to ensure that work is in accordance with

formwork design, and to verify that supports, fastenings, wedges, ties, and items are secure.3.09 FORM REMOVAL

A. Do not remove forms or bracing until concrete has gained sufficient strength to carry its ownweight and imposed loads.

B. Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers, or tools against finish concretesurfaces scheduled for exposure to view.

C. Store removed forms to prevent damage to form materials or to fresh concrete. Discarddamaged forms.

END OF SECTION

Page 60: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

03 2000CONCRETE REINFORCING

SECTION 03 2000 - CONCRETE REINFORCINGPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Reinforcing steel for cast-in-place concrete.B. Supports and accessories for steel reinforcement.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Section 03 1000 - Concrete Forming and Accessories.B. Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete.C. Section 04 2000 - Unit Masonry: Reinforcement for masonry.D. Section 04 2001 - Masonry Veneer: Spacing for veneer anchor reglets recessed in concrete.E. Section 04 2731 - Reinforced Unit Masonry: Reinforcement for engineered masonry.

1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete.B. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary.C. ACI SP-66 - ACI Detailing Manual.D. ASTM A184/A184M - Standard Specification for Welded Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete

Reinforcement.E. ASTM A615/A615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon Steel Bars for

Concrete Reinforcement.F. ASTM A704/A704M - Standard Specification for Welded Steel Plain Bar or Rod Mats for

Concrete Reinforcement.G. ASTM A706/A706M - Standard Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for

Concrete Reinforcement.H. ASTM A1064/A1064M - Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire

Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete.I. AWS D1.4/D1.4M - Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel.J. CRSI (DA4) - Manual of Standard Practice.K. CRSI (P1) - Placing Reinforcing Bars.

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Shop Drawings: Comply with requirements of ACI SP-66. Include bar schedules, shapes of

bent bars, spacing of bars, and location of splices.C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that reinforcing steel and accessories supplied for this project

meet or exceed specified requirements.D. Reports: Submit certified copies of mill test report of reinforcement materials analysis.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Perform work of this section in accordance with ACI 301.

1. Maintain one copy of each document on project site.B. Provide Architect with access to fabrication plant to facilitate inspection of reinforcement.

Provide notification of commencement and duration of shop fabrication in sufficient time to allowinspection.

C. Welders' Certificates: Submit certifications for welders employed on the project, verifying AWSqualification within the previous 12 months.

Page 61: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

03 2000CONCRETE REINFORCING

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 REINFORCEMENT

A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60 (60,000 psi).1. Plain billet-steel bars.2. Unfinished.

B. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A706/A706M, deformed low-alloy steel bars.1. Unfinished.

C. Reinforcing Steel Mat: ASTM A704/A704M, using ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 40 (40,000 psi)steel bars or rods, unfinished.

D. Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement (WWR): Galvanized, deformed type; ASTMA1064/A1064M.1. Form: Flat Sheets.

E. Reinforcement Accessories:1. Tie Wire: Annealed, minimum 16 gage, 0.0508 inch.2. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for adequate support of

reinforcement during concrete placement.2.02 FABRICATION

A. Fabricate concrete reinforcing in accordance with CRSI (DA4) - Manual of Standard Practice.B. Welding of reinforcement is permitted only with the specific approval of Architect. Perform

welding in accordance with AWS D1.4/D1.4M.C. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on drawings at point of minimum stress.

1. Review locations of splices with Architect.PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 PLACEMENT

A. Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not deviate from requiredposition.

B. Do not displace or damage vapor barrier.C. Accommodate placement of formed openings.D. Conform to applicable code for concrete cover over reinforcement.

3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. An independent testing agency, as specified in Section 01 4000, will inspect installed

reinforcement for conformance to contract documents before concrete placement. END OF SECTION

Page 62: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

03 3000CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

SECTION 03 3000 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETEPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Floors and slabs on grade.B. Concrete foundation walls and footings.C. Joint devices associated with concrete work.D. Miscellaneous concrete elements, including equipment pads, light pole bases, flagpole bases,

thrust blocks, and manholes.E. Concrete curing.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Section 03 1000 - Concrete Forming and Accessories: Forms and accessories for formwork.B. Section 03 2000 - Concrete Reinforcing.C. Section 07 9200 - Joint Sealants: Products and installation for sealants for saw cut joints and

isolation joints in slabs.1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. ACI 117 - Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials.B. ACI 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass

Concrete.C. ACI 211.2 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Structural Lightweight Concrete.D. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete.E. ACI 302.1R - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction.F. ACI 304R - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete.G. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting.H. ACI 306R - Cold Weather Concreting.I. ACI 308R - Guide to Curing Concrete.J. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary.K. ACI 347R - Guide to Formwork for Concrete.L. ASTM C39/C39M - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete

Specimens.M. ASTM C94/C94M - Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete.N. ASTM C143/C143M - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete.O. ASTM C150/C150M - Standard Specification for Portland Cement.P. ASTM C171 - Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete.Q. ASTM C173/C173M - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the

Volumetric Method.R. ASTM C260/C260M - Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.S. ASTM C309 - Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing

Concrete.T. ASTM C494/C494M - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete.U. ASTM C618 - Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan

for Use in Concrete.V. ASTM C685/C685M - Standard Specification for Concrete Made by Volumetric Batching and

Continuous Mixing.

Page 63: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

03 3000CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

W. ASTM C1107/C1107M - Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout(Nonshrink).

X. ASTM C1240 - Standard Specification for Silica Fume Used in Cementitious Mixtures.Y. ASTM C1315 - Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds Having

Special Properties for Curing and Sealing Concrete.Z. ASTM D994/D994M - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete

(Bituminous Type).AA. ASTM D1751 - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving

and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types).AB. ASTM D1752 - Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber Cork and Recycled PVC

Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction.AC. ASTM E1155 - Standard Test Method for Determining F(F) Floor Flatness and F(L) Floor

Levelness Numbers.AD. ASTM E1643 - Standard Practice for Selection, Design, Installation and Inspection of Water

Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs.AE. ASTM E1745 - Standard Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with

Soil or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers' data on manufactured products showing compliance with

specified requirements and installation instructions.1. For curing compounds, provide data on method of removal in the event of incompatibility

with floor covering adhesives.C. Mix Design: Submit proposed concrete mix design.

1. Indicate proposed mix design complies with requirements of ACI 301, Section 4 - ConcreteMixtures.

2. Indicate proposed mix design complies with requirements of ACI 318, Chapter 5 -Concrete Quality, Mixing and Placing.

D. Samples: Submit samples of underslab vapor retarder to be used.E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: For concrete accessories, indicate installation

procedures and interface required with adjacent construction.1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Perform work of this section in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318.1. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

B. Follow recommendations of ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather.C. Follow recommendations of ACI 306R when concreting during cold weather.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 FORMWORK

A. Comply with requirements of Section 03 1000.2.02 REINFORCEMENT

A. Comply with requirements of Section 03 2000.2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS

A. Cement: ASTM C150/C150M, Type I - Normal Portland type. 1. Acquire cement for entire project from same source.

B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C 33.1. Acquire aggregates for entire project from same source.

Page 64: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

03 3000CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

C. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C or F.D. Calcined Pozzolan: ASTM C618, Class N.E. Silica Fume: ASTM C1240, proportioned in accordance with ACI 211.1.F. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete.

2.04 ADMIXTURESA. Do not use chemicals that will result in soluble chloride ions in excess of 0.1 percent by weight

of cement.B. Air Entrainment Admixture: ASTM C260/C260M.C. High Range Water Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M Type G.

2.05 ACCESSORY MATERIALSA. Underslab Vapor Barrier: Multi-layer, fabric-, cord-, grid-, or aluminum-reinforced polyethylene

or equivalent, complying with ASTM E1745, Class A; stated by manufacturer as suitable forinstallation in contact with soil or granular fill under concrete slabs. The use of single plypolyethylene is prohibited.1. Installation: Comply with ASTM E1643.2. Accessory Products: Vapor retarder manufacturer's recommended tape, adhesive,

mastic, prefabricated boots, etc., for sealing seams and penetrations.3. Refer to Section 03 0516 for Underslab Vapor Barrier.

B. Non-Shrink Cementitious Grout: Premixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate,cement, water reducing and plasticizing agents.1. Grout: Comply with ASTM C1107/C1107M.2. Minimum Compressive Strength at 48 Hours, ASTM C109/C109M: 2,000 pounds per

square inch.3. Minimum Compressive Strength at 28 Days, ASTM C109/C109M: 7,000 pounds per

square inch.2.06 BONDING AND JOINTING PRODUCTS

A. Slab Isolation Joint Filler: 1/2 inch thick, height equal to slab thickness, with removable topsection that will form 1/2 inch deep sealant pocket after removal.

B. Slab Construction Joint Devices: Combination keyed joint form and screed, galvanized steel,with rectangular or round knockout holes for conduit or rebar to pass through joint form at 6inches on center; ribbed steel stakes for setting.

2.07 CURING MATERIALSA. Curing Compound, Naturally Dissipating: Clear, water-based, liquid membrane-forming

compound; complying with ASTM C309.1. Product dissipates within 4 to 6 weeks.

2.08 CONCRETE MIX DESIGNA. Proportioning Normal Weight Concrete: Comply with ACI 211.1 recommendations.B. Concrete Strength: Establish required average strength for each type of concrete on the basis

of field experience or trial mixtures, as specified in ACI 301.1. For trial mixtures method, employ independent testing agency acceptable to Architect for

preparing and reporting proposed mix designs.C. Admixtures: Add acceptable admixtures as recommended in ACI 211.1 and at rates

recommended or required by manufacturer.D. Normal Weight Concrete:

1. Compressive Strength, when tested in accordance with ASTM C39/C39M at 28 days: Asindicated on drawings.

2. Fly Ash Content: Maximum 15 percent of cementitious materials by weight.3. Water-Cement Ratio: Maximum 45 percent by weight.

Page 65: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

03 3000CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

4. Total Air Content: 5 percent at concrete exposed to earth or weather, determined inaccordance with ASTM C173/C173M.

5. Limit Air Content of trowel-finished concrete slabs to 2 percent max.6. Maximum Slump: 4 inches prior to intorudction of plasticizing admixture.7. Maximum Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch.

2.09 MIXINGA. On Project Site: Mix in drum type batch mixer, complying with ASTM C685/C685M. Mix each

batch not less than 1-1/2 minutes and not more than 5 minutes.B. Transit Mixers: Comply with ASTM C94/C94M.

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify lines, levels, and dimensions before proceeding with work of this section.3.02 PREPARATION

A. Verify that forms are clean and free of rust before applying release agent.B. Coordinate placement of embedded items with erection of concrete formwork and placement of

form accessories.C. Where new concrete is to be bonded to previously placed concrete, prepare existing surface by

cleaning and applying bonding agent in according to bonding agent manufacturer's instructions.D. Interior Slabs on Grade: Install vapor retarder under interior slabs on grade. Lap joints

minimum 6 inches. Seal joints, seams and penetrations watertight with manufacturer'srecommended products and follow manufacturer's written instructions. Repair damaged vaporretarder before covering.1. Vapor Retarder Over Granular Fill: Install compactible granular fill before placing vapor

retarder as indicated on drawings. Do not use sand.3.03 PLACING CONCRETE

A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304R.B. Place concrete for floor slabs in accordance with ACI 302.1R.C. Notify Architect not less than 24 hours prior to commencement of placement operations.D. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air temperature, and

test samples taken.E. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, waterstops, embedded parts, and formed construction joint

devices will not be disturbed during concrete placement.F. Place concrete continuously without construction (cold) joints wherever possible; where

construction joints are necessary, before next placement prepare joint surface by removinglaitance and exposing the sand and sound surface mortar, by sandblasting or high-pressurewater jetting.

G. Finish floors level and flat, unless otherwise indicated, within the tolerances specified below.3.04 SLAB JOINTING

A. Locate joints as indicated on drawings.B. Anchor joint fillers and devices to prevent movement during concrete placement.C. Isolation Joints: Use preformed joint filler with removable top section for joint sealant, total

height equal to thickness of slab, set flush with top of slab.1. Install wherever necessary to separate slab from other building members, including

columns, walls, equipment foundations, footings, stairs, manholes, sumps, and drains.D. Load Transfer Construction and Contraction Joints: Install load transfer devices as indicated;

saw cut joint at surface as indicated for contraction joints.

Page 66: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

03 3000CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

E. Saw Cut Contraction Joints: Saw cut joints before concrete begins to cool, within 4 to 12 hoursafter placing; use 3/16 inch thick blade and cut at least 1 inch deep but not less than one quarter(1/4) the depth of the slab.

3.05 FLOOR FLATNESS AND LEVELNESS TOLERANCESA. Maximum Variation of Surface Flatness:

1. Exposed Concrete Floors: 1/4 inch in 10 feet.2. Under Seamless Resilient Flooring: 1/4 inch in 10 feet.3. Under Carpeting: 1/4 inch in 10 feet.

B. Correct the slab surface if tolerances are less than specified.C. Correct defects by grinding or by removal and replacement of the defective work. Areas

requiring corrective work will be identified. Re-measure corrected areas by the same process.3.06 CONCRETE FINISHING

A. Repair surface defects, including tie holes, immediately after removing formwork.B. Unexposed Form Finish: Rub down or chip off fins or other raised areas 1/4 inch or more in

height.C. Concrete Slabs: Finish to requirements of ACI 302.1R, and as follows:

1. Surfaces to Receive Thin Floor Coverings: "Steel trowel" as described in ACI 302.1R; thinfloor coverings include carpeting, resilient flooring, seamless flooring, resinous matrixterrazzo, thin set quarry tile, and thin set ceramic tile.

2. Other Surfaces to Be Left Exposed: Trowel as described in ACI 302.1R, minimizingburnish marks and other appearance defects.

D. In areas with floor drains, maintain floor elevation at walls; pitch surfaces uniformly to drains at1:100 nominal.

3.07 CURING AND PROTECTIONA. Comply with requirements of ACI 308R. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from

premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury.B. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period

necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete.1. Normal concrete: Not less than 7 days.

C. Formed Surfaces: Cure by moist curing with forms in place for full curing period.D. Surfaces Not in Contact with Forms:

1. Slabs and Floors To Receive Adhesive-Applied Flooring: Curing compounds and othersurface coatings are usually considered unacceptable by flooring and adhesivemanufacturers. If such materials must be used, either obtain the approval of the flooringand adhesive manufacturers prior to use or remove the surface coating after curing toflooring manufacturer's satisfaction.

2. Initial Curing: Start as soon as free water has disappeared and before surface is dry. Keep continuously moist for not less than three days by water ponding, water-saturatedsand, water-fog spray, or saturated burlap.a. Ponding: Maintain 100 percent coverage of water over floor slab areas, continuously

for 4 days.b. Spraying: Spray water over floor slab areas and maintain wet.c. Saturated Burlap: Saturate burlap-polyethylene and place burlap-side down over floor

slab areas, lapping ends and sides; maintain in place.3. Final Curing: Begin after initial curing but before surface is dry.

a. Moisture-Retaining Sheet: Lap strips not less than 3 inches and seal with waterprooftape or adhesive; secure at edges.

b. Curing Compound: Apply in two coats at right angles, using application raterecommended by manufacturer.

Page 67: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

03 3000CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. An independent testing agency will perform field quality control tests, as specified in Section 01

4000 - Quality Requirements.B. Provide free access to concrete operations at project site and cooperate with appointed firm.C. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to inspection and testing firm for review

prior to commencement of concrete operations.D. Tests of concrete and concrete materials may be performed at any time to ensure conformance

with specified requirements.E. Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C39/C39M. For each test, mold and cure three concrete

test cylinders. Obtain test samples for every 100 cubic yards or less of each class of concreteplaced.

F. Take one additional test cylinder during cold weather concreting, cured on job site under sameconditions as concrete it represents.

G. Perform one slump test for each set of test cylinders taken, following procedures of ASTMC143/C143M.

3.09 DEFECTIVE CONCRETEA. Test Results: The testing agency shall report test results in writing to Architect and Contractor

within 24 hours of test.B. Defective Concrete: Concrete not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances

or specified requirements.C. Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the Architect. The cost of

additional testing shall be borne by Contractor when defective concrete is identified.D. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction

of Architect for each individual area.3.10 PROTECTION

A. Do not permit traffic over unprotected concrete floor surface until fully cured.END OF SECTION

Page 68: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

03 4500PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL

CONCRETE

SECTION 03 4500 - PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETEPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Architectural precast concrete sills.B. Supports, anchors, and attachments.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary.B. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel.C. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel

Hardware.D. ASTM A615/A615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon Steel Bars for

Concrete Reinforcement.E. ASTM C33/C33M - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates.F. ASTM C150/C150M - Standard Specification for Portland Cement.G. ASTM C979/C979M - Standard Specification for Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete.H. PCI MNL-117 - Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of Architectural Precast

Concrete Products.I. PCI MNL-120 - PCI Design Handbook - Precast and Prestressed Concrete.J. PCI MNL-122 - Architectural Precast Concrete.K. PCI MNL-123 - Design and Typical Details of Connections for Precast and Prestressed

Concrete.L. PCI MNL-135 - Tolerance Manual for Precast and Prestressed Concrete Construction.

1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTSA. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene one week prior to commencing work of this section.

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout, unit locations, configuration, reinforcement, connection details,

support items, dimensions, openings, and relationship to adjacent materials. C. Samples: Submit two samples, 12x12 inch in size, illustrating surface finish, color and texture.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Fabricator Qualifications:

1. Firm having at least 5 years of documented experience in production of precast concreteof the type required.

1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA. Handling: Lift and support precast units only from support points.B. Protect units to prevent staining, chipping, or spalling of concrete.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Architectural Precast Concrete:1. Any manufacturer holding a PCI Group A Plant Certification for the types of products

specified; see www.pci.org/#sle.2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.

Page 69: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

03 4500PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL

CONCRETE

2.02 PRECAST UNITS, GENERALA. Precast Architectural Concrete Units: Comply with PCI MNL-120, PCI MNL-122, PCI MNL-123,

PCI MNL-135, and ACI 318.1. Design Loads: Static loads, anticipated dynamic loading, including positive and negative

wind loads, thermal movement loads, and erection forces as defined by applicable code.2. Calculate structural properties of units in accordance with ACI 318.3. Accommodate construction tolerances, deflection of building structural members, and

clearances of intended openings.4. Provide connections that accommodate building movement and thermal movement and

adjust to misalignment of structure without unit distortion or damage.2.03 REINFORCEMENT

A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 40 (40,000 psi).2.04 CONCRETE MATERIALS

A. Cement: ASTM C150/C150M, Type I - Normal Portland type. B. Fine and Coarse Structural Aggregates: ASTM C33/C33M.C. Color Additives: Pure, concentrated mineral pigments specifically intended for mixing into

concrete and complying with ASTM C979/C979M.1. Color(s): As indicated on drawings.

2.05 SUPPORT DEVICESA. Connecting and Support Devices; Anchors and Inserts: ASTM A36/A36M steel; hot-dip

galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153/A153M.1. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter.

2.06 FABRICATIONA. Fabricate in conformance with PCI MNL-117 and PCI MNL-135.

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that building structure, anchors, devices, and openings are ready to receive work of thissection.

3.02 ERECTIONA. Erect units without damage to shape or finish. Replace or repair damaged panels.B. Erect units level and plumb within allowable tolerances.C. Align and maintain uniform horizontal and vertical joints as erection progresses.D. Fasten units in place with mechanical connections.

3.03 TOLERANCESA. Erect members level and plumb within allowable tolerances. Conform to PCI MNL-135.

END OF SECTION

Page 70: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

04 2000UNIT MASONRY

SECTION 04 2000 - UNIT MASONRYPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Concrete Block.B. Mortar and Grout.C. Reinforcement and Anchorage.D. Flashings.E. Accessories.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Section 03 2000 - Concrete Reinforcing: Reinforcing steel for grouted masonry.B. Section 05 5000 - Metal Fabrications: Loose steel lintels.C. Section 07 9005 - Joint Sealers: Sealing control and expansion joints.D. Section 07 1900 - Water Repellents: For application to masonry surfaces.

1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. ACI 530/530.1/ERTA - Building Code Requirements and Specification for Masonry Structures

and Related Commentaries.B. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel.C. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel

Hardware.D. ASTM A580/A580M - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Wire.E. ASTM A615/A615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon Steel Bars for

Concrete Reinforcement.F. ASTM A641/A641M - Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire.G. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or

Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.H. ASTM A666 - Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel

Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar.I. ASTM A1064/A1064M - Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire

Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete.J. ASTM C67 - Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Brick and Structural Clay Tile.K. ASTM C90 - Standard Specification for Loadbearing Concrete Masonry Units.L. ASTM C140/C140M - Standard Test Methods of Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units

and Related Units.M. ASTM C144 - Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar.N. ASTM C150/C150M - Standard Specification for Portland Cement.O. ASTM C207 - Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes.P. ASTM C270 - Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry.Q. ASTM C404 - Standard Specification for Aggregates for Masonry Grout.R. ASTM C476 - Standard Specification for Grout for Masonry.S. ASTM C652 - Standard Specification for Hollow Brick (Hollow Masonry Units Made From Clay

or Shale).T. ASTM C780 - Standard Test Method for Preconstruction and Construction Evaluation of Mortars

for Plain and Reinforced Unit Masonry.U. ASTM C979/C979M - Standard Specification for Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete.

Page 71: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

04 2000UNIT MASONRY

V. ASTM C1072 - Standard Test Method for Measurement of Masonry Flexural Bond Strength.W. ASTM C1148 - Standard Test Method for Measuring the Drying Shrinkage of Masonry Mortar.X. ASTM C1314 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Masonry Prisms.Y. ASTM E514/E514M - Standard Test Method for Water Penetration and Leakage Through

Masonry.1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

A. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene a preinstallation meeting one week before starting work ofthis section; require attendance by all relevant installers.

1.05 SUBMITTALSA. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Product Data: Provide data for masonry units, fabricated wire reinforcement, mortar, and

masonry accessories.C. Samples: Submit four samples of decorative block units to illustrate color, texture, and

extremes of color range.D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that masonry units meet or exceed specified requirements.E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that water repellent admixture manufacturer has certified

masonry unit manufacturer as an approved user of water repellent admixture in themanufacture of concrete block.

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Comply with provisions of ACI 530/530.1/ERTA, except where exceeded by requirements of the

contract documents.1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver, handle, and store masonry units by means that will prevent mechanical damage andcontamination by other materials.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS

A. Concrete Block: Comply with referenced standards and as follows:1. Size: Standard units with nominal face dimensions of 16 by 8 inches and nominal depth of

8 inches.2. Colors and styles: As indicated on drawings.3. Special Shapes: Provide non-standard blocks configured for corners, lintels, headers,

control joint edges, and other detailed conditions.4. Load-Bearing Units: ASTM C90, normal weight.

a. Hollow block, as indicated.b. Exposed Faces: Manufacturer's standard color and texture where indicated.

5. Units with Integral Water Repellent: Concrete block units as specified in this section withpolymeric liquid admixture added to concrete masonry units at the time of manufacture.a. Performance of Units with Integral Water Repellent:

1) Water Permeance: When tested per ASTM E514/E514M and for a minimum of72 hours.(a) No water visible on back of wall above flashing at the end of 24 hours.(b) No flow of water from flashing equal to or greater than 0.032 gallons per

hour at the end of 24 hours.(c) No more than 25 percent of wall area above flashing visibly damp at end of

test.2) Flexural Bond Strength: ASTM C1072; minimum 10 percent increase.3) Compressive Strength: ASTM C1314; maximum 5 percent decrease.4) Drying Shrinkage: ASTM C1148; maximum 5 percent increase in shrinkage.

b. Use only in combination with mortar that also has integral water repellent admixture.

Page 72: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

04 2000UNIT MASONRY

c. Use water repellent admixtures for masonry units and mortar by a singlemanufacturer.

2.02 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALSA. Mortar for Unit Masonry: ASTM C270, using the Property Specification.

1. Exterior, Loadbearing Masonry: Type S.2. Exterior, Non-Loadbearing Masonry: Type S.

B. Portland Cement: ASTM C150/C150M, Type I; color as required to produce approved colorsample.1. Not more than 0.60 percent alkali.2. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S.3. Mortar Aggregate: ASTM C144.

C. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S.D. Mortar Aggregate: ASTM C144.E. Grout Aggregate: ASTM C404.F. Pigments for Colored Mortar: Pure, concentrated mineral pigments specifically intended for

mixing into mortar and complying with ASTM C979/C979M.1. Color(s): As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

G. Water: Clean and potable.H. Admixtures: Not permitted unless specified, or requested by Contractor in writing and approved

in writing by Architect.I. Moisture-Resistant Admixture: Water repellent compound designed to reduce capillarity.

2.03 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGEA. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60 (60,000 psi), deformed billet bars; uncoated.B. Joint Reinforcement: Use ladder type joint reinforcement where vertical reinforcement is

involved and truss type elsewhere, unless otherwise indicated.C. Single Wythe Joint Reinforcement: Truss or ladder type; ASTM A1064/A1064M steel wire, mill

galvanized to ASTM A641/A641M, Class 3; 0.1483 inch side rods with 0.1483 inch cross rods; width as required to provide not more than 1 inch and not less than 1/2 inch of mortar coverageon each exposure.

D. Adjustable Multiple Wythe Joint Reinforcement: Truss type with adjustable ties or tabs spacedat 16 in on center and fabricated with moisture drip; ASTM A1064/A1064M steel wire, hot dipgalvanized after fabrication to ASTM A153/153M, Class B; 0.1875 inch side rods with 0.1483inch cross rods and adjustable components of 0.1875 inch wire; width of components asrequired to provide not more than 1 inch and not less than 1/2 inch of mortar coverage fromeach masonry face.1. Vertical adjustment: Not less than 2 inches.

E. Flexible Anchors: 2-piece anchors that permit differential movement between masonry andbuilding frame, sized to provide not more than 1 inch and not less than 1/2 inch of mortarcoverage from masonry face.

F. Wall Ties: Corrugated formed sheet metal, 7/8 inch wide by 0.05 inch thick, hot dip galvanizedto ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B, sized to provide not more than 1 inch and not less than 1/2inch of mortar coverage from masonry face.

G. Two-Piece Wall Ties: Formed steel wire, 0.1875 inch thick, adjustable, eye and pintle type, hotdip galvanized to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B, sized to provide not more than 1 inch and notless than 1/2 inch of mortar coverage from masonry face and to allow vertical adjustment of upto 1-1/4 in.

H. Masonry Veneer Anchors: 2-piece anchors that permit differential movement between masonryveneer and structural backup, hot dip galvanized to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B.

Page 73: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

04 2000UNIT MASONRY

1. Anchor plates: Not less than 0.075 inch thick, designed for fastening to structural backupthrough sheathing by two fasteners; provide design with legs that penetrate sheathing andinsulation to provide positive anchorage.

2. Wire ties: Manufacturer's standard shape, 0.1875 inch thick.3. Vertical adjustment: Not less than 3-1/2 inches.

I. Metal-to-Metal Fasteners: Self-drilling, self-tapping screws; corrosion resistant finish or hot dipgalvanized to ASTM A153/A153M.

2.04 FLASHINGSA. Rubberized Asphalt Flashing: Self-adhering polymer modified asphalt sheet; 40 mils (0.040

inch) minimum total thickness; with cross laminated polyethylene top and bottom surfaces.1. Provide with manufacturer's integral PVC or stainless steel termination bar, Kynar-coated

galvanized steel sheet metal drip edge; color selected by Architect.2. Drainage Mat: Integral, recycled polyester mesh, open drainage mat and mortar guard

continuously connected to mesh weep tabs spaced approximately 6 inches on center;mold-, rot-, and oxidation-resistant, minimum 90 percent open.

3. Accessory Components: Premolded, minimum 14 inch high end dams and corner bootflashing accessories.

4. Lap and Termination Bar Sealant: System manufacturer's recommended productcompatible with other system materials and components.

5. Manufacturers:a. Advanced Building Products, Inc; Strip-N-Flash:

www.advancedbuildingproducts.com/sle.b. York Manufacturing, Inc; York Seal: www.yorkmfg.com.c. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.

2.05 ACCESSORIESA. Cavity Mortar Control: Semi-rigid polyethylene or polyester mesh panels, sized to thickness of

wall cavity, and designed to prevent mortar droppings from clogging weeps and cavity vents andallow proper cavity drainage.1. Mortar Diverter: Semi-rigid mesh designed for installation at flashing locations.

B. Weeps: Molded PVC grilles, insect resistant.1. Manufacturers:

a. Blok-Lok Limited: www.blok-lok.com.b. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc: www.h-b.com.c. WIRE-BOND: www.wirebond.com.d. Mortar Net Solutions: www.mortarnet.com.e. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.

C. Cleaning Solution: Non-acidic, not harmful to masonry work or adjacent materials.2.06 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES

A. Mortar for Unit Masonry: ASTM C270, using the Proportion Specification.B. Colored Mortar: Proportion selected pigments and other ingredients to match Architect's

sample, without exceeding manufacturer's recommended pigment-to-cement ratio.C. Grout: ASTM C476; consistency required to fill completely volumes indicated for grouting; fine

grout for spaces with smallest horizontal dimension of 2 inches or less; coarse grout for spaceswith smallest horizontal dimension greater than 2 inches.

D. Admixtures: Add to mixture at manufacturer's recommended rate and in accordance withmanufacturer's instructions; mix uniformly.

E. Mixing: Use mechanical batch mixer and comply with referenced standards.PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive masonry.

Page 74: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

04 2000UNIT MASONRY

B. Verify that related items provided under other sections are properly sized and located.C. Verify that built-in items are in proper location, and ready for roughing into masonry work.

3.02 PREPARATIONA. Direct and coordinate placement of metal anchors supplied for installation under other sections.B. Provide temporary bracing during installation of masonry work. Maintain in place until building

structure provides permanent bracing.3.03 COLD AND HOT WEATHER REQUIREMENTS

A. Comply with requirements of ACI 530/530.1/ERTA or applicable building code, whichever ismore stringent.

3.04 COURSINGA. Establish lines, levels, and coursing indicated. Protect from displacement.B. Maintain masonry courses to uniform dimension. Form vertical and horizontal joints of uniform

thickness.C. Concrete Masonry Units:

1. Bond: Running.2. Coursing: One unit and one mortar joint to equal 8 inches.3. Mortar Joints: Concave.

3.05 PLACING AND BONDINGA. Lay solid masonry units in full bed of mortar, with full head joints, uniformly jointed with other

work.B. Lay hollow masonry units with face shell bedding on head and bed joints.C. Buttering corners of joints or excessive furrowing of mortar joints is not permitted.D. Remove excess mortar and mortar smears as work progresses.E. Remove excess mortar with water repellent admixture promptly. Do not use acids, sandblasting

or high pressure cleaning methods.F. Interlock intersections and external corners.G. Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has achieved initial set. Where adjustment must

be made, remove mortar and replace.H. Perform job site cutting of masonry units with proper tools to provide straight, clean, unchipped

edges. Prevent broken masonry unit corners or edges.3.06 WEEPS/CAVITY VENTS

A. Install weeps in veneer and cavity walls at 24 inches on center horizontally above through-wallflashing, above shelf angles and lintels, and at bottom of walls.

3.07 CAVITY MORTAR CONTROLA. Do not permit mortar to drop or accumulate into cavity air space or to plug weep/cavity vents.B. For cavity walls, build inner wythe ahead of outer wythe to accommodate accessories.C. Install cavity mortar diverter at base of cavity and at other flashing locations as recommended

by manufacturer to prevent mortar droppings from blocking weep/cavity vents.3.08 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE - GENERAL

A. Unless otherwise indicated on drawings or specified under specific wall type, install horizontaljoint reinforcement 16 inches on center.

B. Place masonry joint reinforcement in first and second horizontal joints above and belowopenings. Extend minimum 16 inches each side of opening.

C. Place continuous joint reinforcement in first and second joint below top of walls.D. Lap joint reinforcement ends minimum 6 inches.

Page 75: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

04 2000UNIT MASONRY

E. Fasten anchors to structural framing and embed in masonry joints as masonry is laid. Unlessotherwise indicated on drawings or closer spacing is indicated under specific wall type, spaceanchors at maximum of 36 inches horizontally and 24 inches vertically.

3.09 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE - SINGLE WYTHE MASONRYA. Install horizontal joint reinforcement 8 inches on center.B. Place masonry joint reinforcement in first and second horizontal joints above and below

openings. Extend minimum 16 inches each side of opening.C. Place continuous joint reinforcement in first and second joint below top of walls.D. Lap joint reinforcement ends minimum 6 inches.E. Reinforce stack bonded unit joint corners and intersections with strap anchors 16 inches on

center.3.10 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE - MASONRY VENEER

A. Install horizontal joint reinforcement 16 inches on center.B. Place masonry joint reinforcement in first and second horizontal joints above and below

openings. Extend minimum 16 inches each side of opening.C. Place continuous joint reinforcement in first and second joint below top of walls.D. Lap joint reinforcement ends minimum 6 inches.E. Masonry Back-Up: Embed anchors to bond veneer at maximum 16 inches on center vertically

and 36 inches on center horizontally. Place additional anchors at perimeter of openings andends of panels, so maximum spacing of anchors is 8 inches on center.

F. Stud Back-Up: Secure veneer anchors to stud framed back-up and embed into masonryveneer at maximum 16 inches on center vertically and 24 inches on center horizontally. Placeadditional anchors at perimeter of openings and ends of panels, so maximum spacing ofanchors is 8 inches on center.

G. Seismic Reinforcement: Connect veneer anchors with continuous horizontal wire reinforcementbefore embedding anchors in mortar.

3.11 MASONRY FLASHINGSA. Whether or not specifically indicated, install masonry flashing to divert water to exterior at all

locations where downward flow of water will be interrupted.B. Extend prefinished flashings to within 1/4 inch of exterior face of masonry.

3.12 LINTELSA. Install loose steel lintels over openings.B. Install reinforced unit masonry lintels over openings where steel or precast concrete lintels are

not scheduled.1. Openings over 16 inches: Reinforce openings as detailed.2. Do not splice reinforcing bars.3. Support and secure reinforcing bars from displacement. Maintain position within 1/2 inch

of dimensioned position.4. Place and consolidate grout fill without displacing reinforcing.5. Allow masonry lintels to attain specified strength before removing temporary supports.

C. Maintain minimum 8 inch bearing on each side of opening.3.13 GROUTED COMPONENTS

A. Support and secure reinforcing bars from displacement. Maintain position within 1/2 inch ofdimensioned position.

B. Place and consolidate grout fill without displacing reinforcing.C. At bearing locations, fill masonry cores with grout for a minimum 12 inches either side of

opening.

Page 76: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

04 2000UNIT MASONRY

3.14 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTSA. Do not continue horizontal joint reinforcement through control or expansion joints.B. Install preformed control joint device in continuous lengths. Seal butt and corner joints in

accordance with manufacturer's instructions.3.15 BUILT-IN WORK

A. As work progresses, install built-in metal door frames and other items to be built into the workand furnished under other sections.

B. Install built-in items plumb, level, and true to line.C. Bed anchors of metal door and glazed frames in adjacent mortar joints. Fill frame voids solid

with grout.1. Fill adjacent masonry cores with grout minimum 12 inches from framed openings.

D. Do not build into masonry construction organic materials that are subject to deterioration.3.16 TOLERANCES

A. Maximum Variation From Unit to Adjacent Unit: 1/16 inch.B. Maximum Variation from Plane of Wall: 1/4 inch in 10 ft and 1/2 inch in 20 ft or more.C. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/4 inch per story non-cumulative; 1/2 inch in two stories or

more.D. Maximum Variation from Level Coursing: 1/8 inch in 3 ft and 1/4 inch in 10 ft; 1/2 inch in 30 ft.E. Maximum Variation of Mortar Joint Thickness: Head joint, minus 1/4 inch, plus 3/8 inch.F. Maximum Variation from Cross Sectional Thickness of Walls: 1/4 inch.

3.17 CUTTING AND FITTINGA. Obtain approval prior to cutting or fitting masonry work not indicated or where appearance or

strength of masonry work may be impaired.3.18 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. An independent testing agency will perform field quality control tests, as specified in Section 014000 - Quality Requirements.

B. Clay Masonry Unit Tests: Test each variety of clay masonry in accordance with ASTM C67requirements, sampling 5 randomly chosen units for each 50,000 installed.

C. Concrete Masonry Unit Tests: Test each variety of concrete unit masonry in accordance withASTM C140/C140M for conformance to requirements of this specification.

D. Mortar Tests: Test each type of mortar in accordance with ASTM C780, testing with samefrequency as masonry samples.

3.19 CLEANINGA. Remove excess mortar and mortar droppings.B. Replace defective mortar. Match adjacent work.C. Clean soiled surfaces with cleaning solution.D. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations.

3.20 PROTECTIONA. Without damaging completed work, provide protective boards at exposed external corners that

are subject to damage by construction activities.END OF SECTION

Page 77: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

04 4313STONE MASONRY VENEER

SECTION 04 4313 - STONE MASONRY VENEERPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Cut stone veneer at exterior walls.B. Metal anchors and accessories.C. Setting mortar.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Section 04 0511 - Mortar and Masonry Grout: Setting and pointing mortar.B. Section 07 6200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM: Flashings.C. Section 07 9200 - Joint Sealants: Sealing joints indicated to be left open for sealant.

1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. ACI 530/530.1/ERTA - Building Code Requirements and Specification for Masonry Structures

and Related Commentaries.B. ASTM A580/A580M - Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Wire.C. ASTM C270 - Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry.

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Product Data: Provide data on stone units, mortar, and reinforcement.C. Samples: Submit two stone samples illustrating minimum and maximum stone sizes, color

range, texture, and markings.1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Protect stone from discoloration during storage on site.1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Cold Weather Requirements: Comply with requirements of ACI 530/530.1/ERTA or applicablebuilding code, whichever is more stringent.

B. Maintain materials and ambient air at minimum of 40 degrees F (5 degrees C) prior to, during,and for 48 hours after completion of work.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 STONE

A. Stone: Halquist Stone type, Stakledge variety.B. Color: Chilton Rustic.

2.02 MORTARA. Setting Mortar: ASTM C270, Type S, using the Proportion Method as specified in Section 04

0511.B. Pointing Mortar: Type N as specified in Section 04 0511, and using the Property Method in

ASTM C270.2.03 ACCESSORIES

A. Wall Ties: Formed steel wire, at least 1/8 inch diameter, stainless steel conforming to ASTMA580/A580M, eye and pintle type, with provision for vertical adjustment after attachment.

B. Flashings: _____ type as specified in Section 07 6200.C. Weep/Cavity Vents: Polyethylene tubing.D. Cleaning Solution: Type that will not harm stone, joint materials, or adjacent surfaces.

Page 78: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

04 4313STONE MASONRY VENEER

2.04 STONE FABRICATIONA. Form stone corners to irregular joint profile. Clean jagged corners from stone in preparation for

setting.PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 PREPARATION

A. Establish lines, levels, and coursing. Protect from disturbance.3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Install flashings of longest practical length and seal watertight to back-up. Lap end jointsminimum 6 inches and seal watertight.

B. Size stone units to fit opening dimensions and perimeter conditions.C. Wet absorptive stone in preparation for placement to minimize moisture suction from mortar.D. Arrange stone pattern to provide color uniformity and minimize visual variations, and provide a

uniform blend of stone unit sizes.E. Provide setting and pointing mortar in accordance with Section 04 0511.F. Arrange stone coursing in running bond with consistent joint width.G. Set stone in full mortar setting bed to fully support stone over bearing surface. Use setting

buttons or shims to maintain correct joint width.H. Install weep/cavity vents in vertical stone joints at ____ inches on center horizontally;

immediately above horizontal flashings, above shelf angles and supports, and at top of eachcavity space; do not permit mortar accumulation in cavity space.

3.03 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGEA. In addition, place wall ties at maximum 3 inches on center each way around perimeter of

openings, within 12 inches of openings.3.04 JOINTS

A. Leave the following joints open for sealant:1. Head joints in top courses, including copings, parapets, cornices, sills, and steps.2. Joints in projecting units.3. Joints between rigidly anchored units, including soffits, panels, and column covers.4. Joints below lugged sills and stair treads.5. Joints below ledge and relieving angles.6. Joints labeled "expansion joint".

B. Rake out mortar joints 5/8 to 3/4 inch and brush joints clean to accommodate pointing mortar. Fill joints with pointing mortar.

C. Pack mortar into joints and work into voids. Neatly tool surface to concave joint.D. At joints to be sealed, clean mortar out of joint before it sets. Brush joints clean.

3.05 CLEANINGA. Remove excess mortar as work progresses, and upon completion of work.B. Clean soiled surfaces with cleaning solution.C. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations.

END OF SECTION

Page 79: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

05 1200STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING

SECTION 05 1200 - STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMINGPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Structural steel framing members.B. Base plates, shear stud connectors and expansion joint plates.C. Grouting under base plates.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Section 05 2100 - Steel Joist Framing.B. Section 05 3100 - Steel Decking: Support framing for small openings in deck.C. Section 05 5000 - Metal Fabrications: Steel fabrications affecting structural steel work.

1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. AISC 303 - Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges.B. AISC S303 - Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges.C. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel.D. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated,

Welded and Seamless.E. ASTM A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts, Studs, and Threaded Rod 60 000

PSI Tensile Strength.F. ASTM A325 - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi

Minimum Tensile Strength.G. ASTM A325M - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated 830 MPa

Minimum Tensile Strength (Metric).H. ASTM A449 - Standard Specification for Hex Cap Screws, Bolts and Studs, Steel, Heat Treated,

120/105/90 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength, General Use.I. ASTM A490 - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Alloy Steel, Heat Treated, 150 ksi

Minimum Tensile Strength.J. ASTM A490M - Standard Specification for High-Strength Steel Bolts, Classes 10.9 and 10.9.3,

for Structural Steel Joints (Metric).K. ASTM A500/A500M - Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon

Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes.L. ASTM A563 - Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts.M. ASTM A563M - Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts [Metric].N. ASTM A992/A992M - Standard Specification for Structural Steel Shapes.O. ASTM A1011/A1011M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon,

Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, andUltra-High Strength.

P. ASTM C1107/C1107M - Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout(Nonshrink).

Q. ASTM E94 - Standard Guide for Radiographic Examination.R. ASTM E164 - Standard Practice for Contact Ultrasonic Testing of Weldments.S. ASTM E165/E165M - Standard Test Method for Liquid Penetrant Examination for General

Industry.T. ASTM E709 - Standard Guide for Magnetic Particle Testing.

Page 80: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

05 1200STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING

U. ASTM F3125/F3125M - Standard Specification for High Strength Structural Bolts, Steel andAlloy Steel, Heat Treated, 120 ksi (830 MPa) and 150 ksi (1040 MPa) Minimum TensileStrength, Inch and Metric Dimensions.

V. ASTM F436/F436M - Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers Inch and MetricDimensions.

W. ASTM F436 - Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers.X. ASTM F959 - Standard Specification for Compressible-Washer-Type Direct Tension Indicators

for Use with Structural Fasteners.Y. ASTM F1554 - Standard Specification for Anchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55, and 105-ksi Yield

Strength.Z. ASTM F1852 - Standard Specification for "Twist Off" Type Tension Control Structural

Bolt/Nut/Washer Assemblies, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength.AA. ASTM F2280 - Standard Specification for “Twist Off” Type Tension Control Structural

Bolt/Nut/Washer Assemblies, Steel, Heat Treated, 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength.AB. AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination.AC. AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code - Steel.AD. IAS AC172 - Accreditation Criteria for Fabricator Inspection Programs for Structural Steel;

International Accreditation Service, Inc.AE. RCSC (HSBOLT) - Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts; Research

Council on Structural Connections.AF. SSPC-Paint 15 - Steel Joist Shop Primer/Metal Building Primer.

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Shop Drawings:

1. Indicate profiles, sizes, spacing, locations of structural members, openings, attachments,and fasteners.

2. Connections not detailed.3. Indicate welded connections with AWS A2.4 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths.

C. Manufacturer's Mill Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements.D. Mill Test Reports: Indicate structural strength, destructive test analysis and non-destructive test

analysis.E. Fabricator Test Reports: Comply with ASTM A1011/A1011M.F. Welders Certificates: Certify welders employed on the Work, verifying AWS qualification within

the previous 12 months.G. Fabricator's Qualification Statement: Provide documentation showing steel fabricator is

accredited under IAS AC172.PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 MATERIALS

A. Steel Angles and Plates: ASTM A36/A36M.B. Steel W Shapes and Tees: ASTM A992/A992M.C. Rolled Steel Structural Shapes: ASTM A992/A992M.D. Cold-Formed Structural Tubing: ASTM A500/A500M, Grade B.E. Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Grade B, Finish black.F. High-Strength Structural Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM F3125/F3125M, Type 1, with

matching compatible ASTM A563 or ASTM A563M nuts and ASTM F436/F436M washers.

Page 81: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

05 1200STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING

G. High-Strength Structural Bolts: ASTM A490 or A490M; Type 1 alloy steel, with matchingcompatible ASTM A563 or A563M nuts and ASTM F436 washers.

H. Tension Control Bolts: Twist-off type; ASTM F3125/F3125M.I. Unheaded Anchor Rods: ASTM F1554, Grade 36, plain, with matching ASTM A563 or ASTM

A563M nuts and ASTM F436/F436M Type 1 washers.J. Headed Anchor Rods: ASTM A 307, Grade C, plain.K. Load Indicator Washers: Provide washers complying with ASTM F959 at connections requiring

high-strength bolts.L. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1/D1.1M; type required for materials being welded.M. Sliding Bearing Plates: Teflon coated.N. Grout: Non-shrink, non-metallic aggregate type, complying with ASTM C1107/C1107M and

capable of developing a minimum compressive strength of 7,000 psi at 28 days. O. Shop and Touch-Up Primer: Fabricator's standard, complying with VOC limitations of

authorities having jurisdiction.P. Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: Fabricator's standard, complying with VOC

limitations of authorities having jurisdiction.2.02 FABRICATION

A. Shop fabricate to greatest extent possible.B. Continuously seal joined members by continuous welds. Grind exposed welds smooth.C. Fabricate connections for bolt, nut, and washer connectors.D. Develop required camber for members.

2.03 FINISHA. Shop prime structural steel members. Do not prime surfaces that will be fireproofed, field

welded, in contact with concrete, or high strength bolted.2.04 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Welded Connections: Visually inspect all shop-welded connections and test at least 10 percentof welds using one of the following:1. Radiographic testing performed in accordance with ASTM E94.2. Ultrasonic testing performed in accordance with ASTM E164.3. Liquid penetrant inspection performed in accordance with ASTM E165/E165M.4. Magnetic particle inspection performed in accordance with ASTM E709.

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that conditions are appropriate for erection of structural steel and that the work mayproperly proceed.

3.02 ERECTIONA. Erect structural steel in compliance with AISC 303.B. Allow for erection loads, and provide sufficient temporary bracing to maintain structure in safe

condition, plumb, and in true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanentbracing.

C. Field weld components indicated on shop drawings.D. Use carbon steel bolts only for temporary bracing during construction, unless otherwise

specifically permitted on drawings. Install high-strength bolts in accordance with RCSC(HSBOLT) "Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts".

E. Do not field cut or alter structural members without approval of Architect.

Page 82: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

05 1200STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING

F. After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed, except surfaces to be incontact with concrete.

3.03 TOLERANCESA. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch per story, non-cumulative.B. Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch.

3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. An independent testing agency will perform field quality control tests, as specified in Section 01

4000 - Quality Requirements.END OF SECTION

Page 83: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

05 2100STEEL JOIST FRAMING

SECTION 05 2100 - STEEL JOIST FRAMINGPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Open web steel joists, with bridging, attached seats and anchors.B. Loose bearing members, such as plates or angles, and anchor bolts for site placement.C. Supplementary framing for floor and roof openings greater than 18 inches.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Section 05 1200 - Structural Steel Framing: Grouting base plates and bearing plates.

Superstructure framing.B. Section 05 1200 - Structural Steel Framing: Superstructure framing.C. Section 05 3100 - Steel Decking: Bearing plates and angles.D. Section 05 3100 - Steel Decking: Support framing for openings less than 18 inches in decking.E. Section 05 5000 - Metal Fabrications: Non-framing steel fabrications attached to joists.

1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel.B. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel

Hardware.C. ASTM A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts, Studs, and Threaded Rod 60 000

PSI Tensile Strength.D. ASTM A325 - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi

Minimum Tensile Strength.E. ASTM A490 - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Alloy Steel, Heat Treated, 150 ksi

Minimum Tensile Strength.F. ASTM A563 - Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts.G. ASTM A563M - Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts [Metric].H. ASTM E94 - Standard Guide for Radiographic Examination.I. ASTM E164 - Standard Practice for Contact Ultrasonic Testing of Weldments.J. ASTM E165/E165M - Standard Test Method for Liquid Penetrant Examination for General

Industry.K. ASTM E709 - Standard Guide for Magnetic Particle Testing.L. ASTM F3125/F3125M - Standard Specification for High Strength Structural Bolts, Steel and

Alloy Steel, Heat Treated, 120 ksi (830 MPa) and 150 ksi (1040 MPa) Minimum TensileStrength, Inch and Metric Dimensions.

M. ASTM F436/F436M - Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers Inch and MetricDimensions.

N. ASTM F436 - Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers.O. ASTM F1852 - Standard Specification for "Twist Off" Type Tension Control Structural

Bolt/Nut/Washer Assemblies, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength.P. ASTM F2280 - Standard Specification for “Twist Off” Type Tension Control Structural

Bolt/Nut/Washer Assemblies, Steel, Heat Treated, 150 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength.Q. AWS B2.1/B2.1M - Specification for Welding Procedure and Performance Qualification.R. AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code - Steel.S. IAS AC172 - Accreditation Criteria for Fabricator Inspection Programs for Structural Steel;

International Accreditation Service, Inc.

Page 84: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

05 2100STEEL JOIST FRAMING

T. RCSC (HSBOLT) - Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts; ResearchCouncil on Structural Connections.

U. SJI (SPEC) - Catalog of Standard Specifications Load Tables and Weight Tables for SteelJoists and Joist Girders.

V. SJI Technical Digest No. 9 - Handling and Erection of Steel Joists and Joist Girders.W. SSPC-Paint 15 - Steel Joist Shop Primer/Metal Building Primer.X. SSPC-Paint 20 - Zinc-Rich Primers (Type I, "Inorganic," and Type II, "Organic").Y. SSPC-SP 2 - Hand Tool Cleaning.Z. SSPC-SP 3 - Power Tool Cleaning.

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Shop Drawings: Indicate standard designations, joist coding, configurations, sizes, spacings,

cambers, locations of joists, joist leg extensions, bridging, connections, and attachments.C. Welders' Certificates: Submit manufacturer's certificates, certifying welders employed on the

Work, verifying AWS qualification within the previous 12 months.D. Manufacturer's Qualification Statement: Provide documentation showing steel fabricator is

accredited under IAS AC172.1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Design connections not detailed on drawings under direct supervision of a ProfessionalStructural Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in Colorado.

B. Perform Work, including that for headers and other supplementary framing, in accordance withSJI (SPEC) Standard Specifications Load Tables and SJI Technical Digest No. 9.1. Maintain one copy of document on site.

C. Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified steel fabricator that is accredited by the InternationalAccreditation Service (IAS) Fabricator Inspection Program for Structural Steel in accordancewith IAS AC172.

D. Erector Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section withminimum 5 years documented experience in projects of a similar size and complexity.

1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA. Transport, handle, store, and protect products to SJI requirements.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Steel Joists:1. Nucor-Vulcraft Group: www.vulcraft.com/#sle.2. New Millenium.3. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.

2.02 MATERIALSA. Open Web Joists: SJI Type K Joists:

1. Provide bottom chord extensions as indicated.2. Minimum End Bearing on Steel Supports: Comply with referenced SJI standard.3. Minimum End Bearing on Concrete or Masonry Supports: Comply with referenced SJI

standard.4. Finish: Shop primed.

B. Open Web Joists: SJI (SPEC) Joist Girders:1. Provide bottom chord extensions as indicated.2. Minimum End Bearing on Steel Supports: Comply with referenced SJI standards.

Page 85: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

05 2100STEEL JOIST FRAMING

3. Minimum End Bearing on Masonry or Concrete Supports: Comply with referenced SJIstandards.

4. Finish: Shop primed.C. Anchor Bolts, Nuts and Washers: ASTM A307, hot-dip galvanized per ASTM A153/A153M,

Class C.D. High-Strength Structural Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM F3125/F3125M, Type 1, with

matching compatible ASTM A563 or ASTM A563M nuts and ASTM F436/F436M washers.E. Tension Control Bolts: Twist-off type; ASTM F3125/F3125M.F. Structural Steel For Supplementary Framing and Joist Leg Extensions: ASTM A36/A36M.G. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1/D1.1M; type required for materials being welded.H. Shop and Touch-Up Primer: SSPC-Paint 15, complying with VOC limitations of authorities

having jurisdiction.I. Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC-Paint 20, Type I - Inorganic, complying with

VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction.2.03 FABRICATION

A. Frame special sized openings in joist web framing as detailed.2.04 FINISH

A. Prepare surfaces to be finished in accordance with SSPC-SP 2.B. Galvanizing: Provide minimum 1.7 oz/sq ft galvanized coating to ASTM A123/A123M

requirements.2.05 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Welded Connections: Visually inspect all shop-welded connections and test at least 10 percentof welds using one of the following:1. Radiographic testing performed in accordance with ASTM E94.2. Ultrasonic testing performed in accordance with ASTM E164.3. Liquid penetrant inspection performed in accordance with ASTM E165/E165M.4. Magnetic particle inspection performed in accordance with ASTM E709.

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify existing conditions prior to beginning work.3.02 ERECTION

A. Erect joists with correct bearing on supports.B. Allow for erection loads. Provide sufficient temporary bracing to maintain framing safe, plumb,

and in true alignment.C. Coordinate the placement of anchors for securing loose bearing members furnished as part of

the work of this section.D. After joist alignment and installation of framing, field weld joist seats to steel bearing surfaces.E. Position and field weld joist chord extensions and wall attachments as detailed.F. Install supplementary framing for roof openings greater than 12 inches.G. Do not permit erection of decking until joists are braced, bridged, and secured or until

completion of erection and installation of permanent bridging and bracing.H. Do not field cut or alter structural members without approval of joist manufacturer.I. After erection, prime welds, damaged shop primer, damaged galvanizing, and surfaces not

shop primed, except surfaces specified not to be primed.3.03 TOLERANCES

A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch.

Page 86: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

05 2100STEEL JOIST FRAMING

B. Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch.3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. An independent testing agency will perform field quality control tests, as specified in Section 014000 - Quality Requirements.

END OF SECTION

Page 87: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

05 3100STEEL DECKING

SECTION 05 3100 - STEEL DECKINGPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Roof deck.B. Supplementary framing for openings up to and including 18 inches.C. Bearing plates and angles.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Section 05 1200 - Structural Steel Framing: Support framing for openings larger than 18 inches

and shear stud connectors.1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel.B. ASTM A1008/A1008M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon,

Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability,Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable.

C. AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code - Steel.D. AWS D1.3/D1.3M - Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel.E. IAS AC172 - Accreditation Criteria for Fabricator Inspection Programs for Structural Steel;

International Accreditation Service, Inc.F. ICC-ES AC43 - Acceptance Criteria for Steel Deck Roof and Floor Systems; ICC Evaluation

Service, Inc.G. ICC-ES AC70 - Acceptance Criteria for Fasteners Power Driven into Concrete, Steel and

Masonry Elements; ICC Evaluation Service, Inc.H. SDI (DM) - Publication No.30, Design Manual for Composite Decks, Form Decks, and Roof

Decks.I. SSPC-Paint 15 - Steel Joist Shop Primer/Metal Building Primer.J. SSPC-Paint 20 - Zinc-Rich Primers (Type I, "Inorganic," and Type II, "Organic").

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittals procedures.B. Shop Drawings: Indicate deck plan, support locations, projections, openings, reinforcement,

pertinent details, and accessories.C. Product Data: Provide deck profile characteristics, dimensions, structural properties, and

finishes.D. Certificates: Certify that products furnished meet or exceed specified requirements.E. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions.F. Welders Certificates: Certify welders employed on the Work, verifying AWS qualification within

the previous 12 months.G. Fabricator's Qualification Statement: Provide documentation showing steel fabricator is

accredited under IAS AC172.1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified steel fabricator that is accredited by the InternationalAccreditation Service (IAS) Fabricator Inspection Program for Structural Steel in accordancewith IAS AC172.

B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this Section withminimum 5 years of experience.

Page 88: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

05 3100STEEL DECKING

1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA. Cut plastic wrap to encourage ventilation.B. Separate sheets and store deck on dry wood sleepers; slope for positive drainage.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 STEEL DECK

A. Roof Deck: Non-composite type, fluted steel sheet:1. Ungalvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A1008/A1008M, Designation SS, Grade 33, Type 1.2. Primer: Shop coat of manufacturer's standard primer paint over cleaned and

phosphatized substrate.3. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 22 gage, 0.0299 inch.4. Formed Sheet Width: 36 inch.

2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALSA. Bearing Plates and Angles: ASTM A36/A36M steel, galvanized per ASTM A123/A123M.B. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1/D1.1M.C. Fasteners: Galvanized hardened steel, self tapping.D. Powder Actuated Mechanical Fasteners: Steel; with knurled shank and forged ballistic point.

Comply with applicable requirements of ICC-ES AC70.E. Mechanical Fasteners: Steel; hex washer head, self-drilling, self-tapping.F. Weld Washers: Mild steel, uncoated, 3/4 inch outside diameter, 1/8 inch thick.G. Shop and Touch-Up Primer: SSPC-Paint 15, complying with VOC limitations of authorities

having jurisdiction.PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify existing conditions prior to beginning work.3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Erect metal deck in accordance with SDI Design Manual and manufacturer's instructions. Alignand level.

B. On concrete and masonry surfaces provide minimum 4 inch bearing.C. On steel supports provide minimum 3 inch bearing.D. Fasten deck to steel support members as indicated on the drawings.E. Welding: Use fusion welds through weld washers.F. Drive mechanical sidelap connectors completely through adjacent lapped sheets; positively

engage adjacent sheets with minimum three-thread penetration.G. Weld deck in accordance with AWS D1.3/D1.3M.H. At deck openings from 6 inches to 12 inches in size, provide 2 by 2 by 1/4 inch steel angle

reinforcement. Place angles perpendicular to flutes; extend minimum two flutes beyond eachside of opening and fusion weld to deck at each flute.

I. Immediately after welding deck and other metal components in position, coat welds, burnedareas, and damaged surface coating, with touch-up primer.

END OF SECTION

Page 89: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

05 4000COLD-FORMED METAL

FRAMING

SECTION 05 4000 - COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMINGPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Formed steel stud exterior wall framing.B. Exterior wall sheathing.C. Formed steel joist framing and bridging.D. Water-resistive barrier over sheathing.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Section 04 2001 - Masonry Veneer: Veneer masonry supported by wall stud metal framing.B. Section 05 3100 - Steel Decking.C. Section 09 2116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Lightweight, non-load bearing metal stud

framing.D. Section 09 2116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Gypsum-based sheathing.E. Section 09 2216 - Non-Structural Metal Framing.

1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. AISI S100-12 - North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural

Members; American Iron and Steel Institute.B. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel

Hardware.C. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or

Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.D. ASTM A1008/A1008M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon,

Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability,Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable.

E. ASTM A1011/A1011M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon,Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, andUltra-High Strength.

F. ASTM C955 - Standard Specification for Load-Bearing (Transverse and Axial) Steel Studs,Runners (Tracks), and Bracing or Bridging for Screw Application of Gypsum Panel Productsand Metal Plaster Bases.

G. ASTM C1007 - Standard Specification for Installation of Load Bearing (Transverse and Axial)Steel Studs and Related Accessories.

H. ASTM C1177/C1177M - Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use asSheathing.

I. ASTM C1396/C1396M - Standard Specification for Gypsum Board.J. AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code - Steel.K. AWS D1.3/D1.3M - Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel.L. PS 1 - Structural Plywood.M. SSPC-Paint 20 - Zinc-Rich Primers (Type I, "Inorganic," and Type II, "Organic").

1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTSA. Coordinate with work of other sections that is to be installed in or adjacent to the metal framing

system, including but not limited to structural anchors, cladding anchors, utilities, insulation, andfirestopping.

1.05 SUBMITTALSA. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.

Page 90: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

05 4000COLD-FORMED METAL

FRAMING

B. Product Data: Provide data on standard framing members; describe materials and finish,product criteria, limitations .

C. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data on factory-made framing connectors, showingcompliance with requirements.

D. Shop Drawings: Indicate component details, framed openings, bearing, anchorage, loading,welds, and type and location of fasteners, and accessories or items required of related work.1. Indicate stud and ceiling joist layout.2. Describe method for securing studs to tracks and for bolted framing connections.

E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, conditions requiringspecial attention.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Metal Framing:1. CEMCO: www.cemcosteel.com.2. ClarkDietrich Building Systems: www.clarkdietrich.com.3. Marino: www.marinoware.com.4. The Steel Network, Inc: www.SteelNetwork.com.5. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.

B. Framing Connectors and Accessories:1. Same manufacturer as metal framing.2. Simpson Strong Tie: www.strongtie.com.3. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.

2.02 FRAMING SYSTEMA. Provide primary and secondary framing members, bridging, bracing, plates, gussets, clips,

fittings, reinforcement, and fastenings as required to provide a complete framing system. B. Deliver to site in largest practical sections.

2.03 FRAMING MATERIALSA. Studs and Track: ASTM C955; studs formed to channel, "C", or "Sigma" shape with punched

web; U-shaped track in matching nominal width and compatible height. 1. Gage and Depth: As indicated on drawings.2. Galvanized in accordance with ASTM A653/A653M, G60/Z180 coating.

B. Joists and Purlins: Fabricated from ASTM A653/A653M steel sheet, with G60/Z180 hot dippedgalvanized coating.1. Gage and Depth: As indicated on drawings.

C. Framing Connectors: Factory-made, formed steel sheet.1. Material: ASTM A653/A653M SS Grade 33 and 40 (minimum), with G90/Z275 hot dipped

galvanized coating for base metal thickness less than 10 gage, 0.1345 inch, and factorypunched holes and slots.

2. Structural Performance: Maintain load and movement capacity required by applicablecode, when evaluated in accordance with AISI S100-12.

3. Movement Connections: Provide mechanical anchorage devices that accommodatemovement using slotted holes, shouldered screws or screws and anti-friction or steppedbushings, while maintaining structural performance of framing. Provide movementconnections where indicated on drawings.

4. Fixed Connections: Provide non-movement connections for tie-down to foundation,floor-to-floor tie-down, roof-to-wall tie-down, joist hangers, gusset plates, and stiffeners.

5. Wall Stud Bridging Connections: Provide mechanical load-transferring devices thataccommodate wind load torsion and weak axis buckling induced by axial compressionloads. Provide bridging connections where indicated on the drawings.

Page 91: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

05 4000COLD-FORMED METAL

FRAMING

2.04 WALL SHEATHINGA. Wall Sheathing: Plywood; PS 1, Non-combustible, Grade C-D, Exposure I.B. Gypsum Board Wall Sheathing: See Section 09 2116.

2.05 ACCESSORIESA. Bracing, Furring, Bridging: Formed sheet steel, thickness determined for conditions

encountered; finish to match framing components.B. Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC-Paint 20, Type I - Inorganic, complying with

VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction.C. Water-Resistive Barrier: As specified in Section 07 2500.

2.06 FASTENERSA. Self-Drilling, Self-Tapping Screws, Bolts, Nuts and Washers: Hot dip galvanized per ASTM

A153/A153M.B. Anchorage Devices: Powder actuated.C. Welding: In conformance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M.

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work.B. Verify field measurements and adjust installation as required.

3.02 INSTALLATION OF STUDSA. Install components in accordance with manufacturers' instructions and ASTM C1007

requirements.B. Construct corners using minimum of three studs. Install double studs at wall openings, door

and window jambs.C. Install load bearing studs full length in one piece. Splicing of studs is not permitted.D. Install load bearing studs, brace, and reinforce to develop full strength and achieve design

requirements.E. Coordinate placement of insulation in multiple stud spaces made inaccessible after erection.F. Install intermediate studs above and below openings to align with wall stud spacing.G. Provide deflection allowance in stud track, directly below horizontal building framing at non-load

bearing framing.H. Attach cross studs to studs for attachment of fixtures anchored to walls.I. Install framing between studs for attachment of mechanical and electrical items, and to prevent

stud rotation.J. Touch-up field welds and damaged galvanized surfaces with primer.

3.03 INSTALLATION OF JOISTS AND PURLINSA. Install framing components in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.B. Make provisions for erection stresses. Provide temporary alignment and bracing.C. Locate joist end bearing directly over load bearing studs or provide load distributing member to

top of stud track.D. Provide web stiffeners at reaction points.E. Touch-up field welds and damaged galvanized surfaces with primer.

3.04 INSTALLATION OF WALL SHEATHINGA. Install wall sheathing with long dimension perpendicular to wall studs, with ends over firm

bearing and staggered, using self-tapping screws.

Page 93: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

05 4400COLD-FORMED METAL

TRUSSES

SECTION 05 4400 - COLD-FORMED METAL TRUSSES.01 SELECT TYPE OF SPECIFICATION TO BE PREPARED: A LONG FORM 3-PART SPEC, WITH

MANUFACTURER NAMES LISTED.PART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Light gage cold-formed steel roof trusses.B. Anchorages, bracing, and bridging.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Section 05 2100 - Steel Joist Framing: Structural steel open-web joists and joist girders.B. Section 05 4000 - Cold-Formed Metal Framing: Light gage structural metal studs, joists, and

rafters.C. Section 06 1000 - Rough Carpentry: Floor and roof sheathing.

1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. AISI S100-12 - North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural

Members; American Iron and Steel Institute.B. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or

Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.C. ASTM A780/A780M - Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot-Dip

Galvanized Coatings.D. AWS B2.1/B2.1M - Specification for Welding Procedure and Performance Qualification.E. AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code - Steel.F. AWS D1.3/D1.3M - Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel.G. CFSEI 5000 - Field Installation Guide for Cold-Formed Steel Roof Trusses.

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including:

1. Span charts.2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations.3. Installation methods.

C. Shop Drawings:1. Include detailed roof truss layout.2. Show member type, location, spacing, size and gage, methods of attachment, and erection

details. Indicate supplemental bracing, strapping, splices, bridging, and accessories.3. Include truss design drawings, signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer

registered in Colorado, verifying ability of each truss design to meet applicable code anddesign requirements.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Fabricator Qualifications: Steel truss fabricator with minimum 10 years of experience designing

and fabricating truss systems equivalent to those required for this project and licensed by anacceptable manufacturer.

B. Installer Qualifications: Experienced installer approved by truss system fabricator.C. Welders: Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS

B2.1/B2.1M.

Page 94: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

05 4400COLD-FORMED METAL

TRUSSES

1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA. Deliver trusses and other materials in manufacturer’s unopened bundles or containers, each

marked with manufacturer’s name, brand, type, and grade. Exercise care to avoid damageduring unloading, storing, and erection.

B. Store trusses on blocking, pallets, platforms, or other supports, off the ground and in an uprightposition, sufficiently braced to avoid damage from excessive bending. Gently slope storedtrusses to avoid accumulation of water on interior of truss chord members.

C. Protect trusses and accessories from contact with earth, corrosion, deformation, mechanicaldamage, or other deterioration when stored at project site.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 TRUSS DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

A. Design: Calculate structural characteristics of cold-formed steel truss members according toAISI S100-12.

B. Structural Performance: Design, engineer, fabricate, and erect trusses to withstand specifieddesign loads for project conditions within required limits.1. Design Loads: In accordance with applicable codes.2. Deflections: Live load deflection meeting the following, unless otherwise indicated:

a. Roofs: Maximum vertical deflection under live load of 1/240 of span.3. Design trusses to accommodate movement attributable to temperature changes within a

range of 120 degrees F without damage or overstressing, sheathing failure, undue strainon fasteners and anchors, or other deleterious effects.

2.02 COMPONENTSA. Trusses: Light gage steel assemblies providing a complete horizontal framing system for

locations indicated, ready for deck installation.1. Truss Type, Span, and Height: As indicated on drawings.2. Chord and Web Members: Fabricate required shapes from commercial quality galvanized

steel sheet complying with ASTM A653/A653M, with minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi;minimum G60/Z180 coating; gages as required for load conditions; all edges rolled orclosed.

B. Fasteners: Self-drilling, self-tapping screw fasteners with corrosion-resistant plated finish, asrecommended by steel truss manufacturer and marked for easy identification.1. Welding: Comply with applicable provisions of AWS D1.1/D1.1M and AWS D1.3/D1.3M.

C. Bracing, Bridging, and Blocking Members: Fabricate required shapes from commercial qualitygalvanized steel sheet complying with ASTM A653/A653M, with minimum yield strength of33,000 psi; minimum G60/Z180 coating; gages as required for load conditions.

2.03 FABRICATIONA. Factory fabricate cold-formed steel trusses plumb, square, true to line, and with secure

connections, complying with manufacturer’s recommendations and project requirements.1. Fabricate trusses using jig templates.2. Cut truss members by sawing, shearing, or plasma cutting.3. Fasten members in full compliance with instructions of manufacturer. Wire tying of framing

members is not permitted.B. Tolerances: Fabricate trusses to maximum allowable tolerance variation from plumb, level and

true line of 1/8 inch in 10 feet.PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine structure, substrates, and installation conditions. Notify Architect of unsatisfactorypreparation. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared andunsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

Page 95: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

05 4400COLD-FORMED METAL

TRUSSES

B. Proceeding with installation indicates installer’s acceptance of substrate conditions.3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Install cold-formed steel trusses in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions andapproved shop drawings, using approved fastening methods.

B. Install temporary erection bracing and permanent bracing and bridging before application of anyloads. Erect trusses with plane of truss webs vertical and parallel to each other, accuratelylocated at spacing indicated. Anchor trusses securely at bearing points.

C. Adequately distribute applied loads to avoid exceeding the carrying capacity of any one joint,truss, or other component.

D. Exercise care to avoid damaging truss members during lifting and erection and to minimizehorizontal bending of trusses.

E. Removal, cutting, or alteration of any truss chord, web, or bracing member in the field isprohibited, unless approved in advance by Architect or the engineer of record and the trussmanufacturer.

F. Repair or replace damaged members and complete trusses as directed and approved in writingby Architect or the engineer of record and the truss manufacturer.

G. Galvanizing Repair: Touch up bare steel with zinc-rich paint in compliance with ASTMA780/A780M.

H. Field Welding: In accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M and AWS D1.3/D1.3M, as applicable, andas follows:1. Connections: Provide fillet, flat, plug, or butt welds, as indicated.2. Minimum steel thickness for welded connections, 18 gage, 0.0478 inch.

I. Roof Trusses:1. Comply with recommendations of CFSEI 5000.2. Align truss bottom chords with load-bearing studs or continuously reinforce track as

required to transfer loads to structure.3. Install continuous bridging and permanent truss bracing as indicated.4. Install roof cross bracing and diagonal bracing as indicated.

3.03 TOLERANCESA. Install trusses to maximum allowable tolerance variation from plumb, level, and true to line of

1/8 inch in 10 feet.B. Space individual trusses not more than plus or minus 1/8 inch from plan location. Cumulative

error in placement may not exceed minimum fastening requirements of sheathing or othermaterial fastened to trusses.

3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. Perform field inspection and testing in accordance with Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements.

3.05 PROTECTIONA. Protect trusses from damage by subsequent construction activities.B. Repair or replace damaged trusses, truss members, and bracing members; obtain approval in

advance by Architect or the engineer of record and the truss manufacturer for all cutting,repairs, and replacements.

END OF SECTION

Page 96: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

05 5000METAL FABRICATIONS

SECTION 05 5000 - METAL FABRICATIONSPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Shop fabricated steel and aluminum items.B. Prefabricated ladders and ship ladders.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Placement of metal fabrications in concrete.B. Section 04 2000 - Unit Masonry: Placement of metal fabrications in masonry.C. Section 04 2001 - Masonry Veneer: Placement of metal fabrications in masonry.D. Section 05 1200 - Structural Steel Framing: Structural steel column anchor bolts.E. Section 05 2100 - Steel Joist Framing: Structural joist bearing plates, including anchorage.F. Section 05 3100 - Steel Decking: Bearing plates for metal deck bearing, including anchorage.

1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. AAMA 611 - Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum.B. AAMA 2603 - Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for

Pigmented Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels (with Coil Coating Appendix).C. AAMA 2604 - Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for

High Performance Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels.D. AAMA 2605 - Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for

Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels.E. ANSI A14.3 - American National Standard for Ladders -- Fixed -- Safety Requirements.F. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel.G. ASTM A48/A48M - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings.H. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated,

Welded and Seamless.I. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and

Steel Products.J. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel

Hardware.K. ASTM A240/A240M - Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless

Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications.L. ASTM A283/A283M - Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon

Steel Plates.M. ASTM A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts, Studs, and Threaded Rod 60 000

PSI Tensile Strength.N. ASTM A325 - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi

Minimum Tensile Strength.O. ASTM A325M - Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated 830 MPa

Minimum Tensile Strength (Metric).P. ASTM A500/A500M - Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon

Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes.Q. ASTM A501/A501M - Standard Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon

Steel Structural Tubing.R. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or

Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.

Page 97: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

05 5000METAL FABRICATIONS

S. ASTM A1011/A1011M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon,Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, andUltra-High Strength.

T. ASTM B221M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods,Wire, Profiles, and Tubes [Metric].

U. ASTM F3125/F3125M - Standard Specification for High Strength Structural Bolts, Steel andAlloy Steel, Heat Treated, 120 ksi (830 MPa) and 150 ksi (1040 MPa) Minimum TensileStrength, Inch and Metric Dimensions.

V. AWS A2.4 - Standard Symbols for Welding, Brazing, and Nondestructive Examination.W. AWS D1.1/D1.1M - Structural Welding Code - Steel.X. AWS D1.2/D1.2M - Structural Welding Code - Aluminum.Y. IAS AC172 - Accreditation Criteria for Fabricator Inspection Programs for Structural Steel;

International Accreditation Service, Inc.Z. SSPC-Paint 15 - Steel Joist Shop Primer/Metal Building Primer.AA. SSPC-Paint 20 - Zinc-Rich Primers (Type I, "Inorganic," and Type II, "Organic").AB. SSPC-SP 2 - Hand Tool Cleaning.

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size

and type of fasteners, and accessories. Include erection drawings, elevations, and detailswhere applicable.1. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.4 welding symbols. Indicate net weld

lengths.C. Welders' Certificates: Submit certification for welders employed on the project, verifying AWS

qualification within the previous 12 months.D. Fabricator's Qualification Statement: Provide documentation showing steel fabricator is

accredited under IAS AC172.PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 MATERIALS - STEEL

A. Steel Sections: ASTM A36/A36M.B. Steel Tubing: ASTM A501/A501M hot-formed structural tubing.C. Plates: ASTM A283/A283M.D. Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Grade B Schedule 40, black finish.E. Slotted Channel Framing: ASTM A653/A653M, Grade 33.F. Slotted Channel Fittings: ASTM A1011/A1011M.G. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM F3125/F3125M, Type 1, plain.H. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1/D1.1M; type required for materials being welded.I. Shop and Touch-Up Primer: SSPC-Paint 15, complying with VOC limitations of authorities

having jurisdiction.J. Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC-Paint 20, Type I - Inorganic, complying with

VOC limitations of authorities having jurisdiction.2.02 MATERIALS - ALUMINUM2.03 FABRICATION

A. Fit and shop assemble items in largest practical sections, for delivery to site.B. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured.

Page 98: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

05 5000METAL FABRICATIONS

C. Continuously seal joined members by intermittent welds and plastic filler.D. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt

tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius.E. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts; unobtrusively located;

consistent with design of component, except where specifically noted otherwise.F. Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related

components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically notedotherwise.

2.04 FABRICATED ITEMSA. Ladders: Steel; in compliance with ANSI A14.3; with mounting brackets and attachments; prime

paint finish.1. Side Rails: 3/8 x 2 inches members spaced at 20 inches.2. Rungs: one inch diameter solid round bar spaced 12 inches on center.3. Space rungs 7 inches from wall surface.

B. Lintels: As detailed; prime paint finish.2.05 PREFABRICATED LADDERS

A. Prefabricated Ladder: Welded metal unit complying with ANSI A14.3; factory fabricated togreatest degree practical and in the largest components possible.1. Components: Manufacturer's standard rails, rungs, treads, handrails. returns, platforms

and safety devices complying with the requirements of the MATERIALS article of thissection.

2. Materials: Carbon steel; ASTM A1011/A1011M, Grade 36, minimum.PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work.3.02 PREPARATION

A. Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is required.B. Supply setting templates to the appropriate entities for steel items required to be cast into

concrete or embedded in masonry.3.03 INSTALLATION

A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects.B. Provide for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain true alignment until

completion of erection and installation of permanent attachments.C. Field weld components as indicated on drawings.D. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M.E. Obtain approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled.F. After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed, except surfaces to be in

contact with concrete.3.04 TOLERANCES

A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch per story, non-cumulative.B. Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch.C. Maximum Out-of-Position: 1/4 inch.

END OF SECTION

Page 99: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

06 1000ROUGH CARPENTRY

SECTION 06 1000 - ROUGH CARPENTRYPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Preservative treated wood materials.B. Fire retardant treated wood materials.C. Concealed wood blocking, nailers, and supports.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or

Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.B. ASTM D2898 - Standard Test Methods for Accelerated Weathering of Fire-Retardant-Treated

Wood for Fire Testing.C. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.D. AWPA U1 - Use Category System: User Specification for Treated Wood.E. PS 1 - Structural Plywood.F. PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Dimension Lumber: Comply with PS 20 and requirements of specified grading agencies.1. If no species is specified, provide any species graded by the agency specified; if no

grading agency is specified, provide lumber graded by any grading agency meeting thespecified requirements.

2. Grading Agency: Any grading agency whose rules are approved by the Board of Review,American Lumber Standard Committee (www.alsc.org) and who provides grading servicefor the species and grade specified; provide lumber stamped with grade mark unlessotherwise indicated.

B. All wood is to be non-combustible.2.02 DIMENSION LUMBER FOR CONCEALED APPLICATIONS

A. Sizes: Nominal sizes as indicated on drawings, S4S.B. Moisture Content: S-dry or MC19.C. Miscellaneous Framing, Blocking, Nailers, Grounds, and Furring:

1. Lumber: S4S, No. 2 or Standard Grade.2. Boards: Standard or No. 3.

2.03 CONSTRUCTION PANELSA. Wall Sheathing: Plywood, PS 1, Grade C-C, Exterior Exposure.B. Plywood Blocking/Nailers - Concealed From View But Located Within Exterior Enclosure: PS 1,

C-C Plugged or better, Exterior grade.2.04 ACCESSORIES

A. Connectors: Hot dipped galvanized steel, sized to suit indicated conditions.1. For contact with preservative treated wood in exposed locations, provide minimum G185

galvanizing per ASTM A653/A653M.2.05 FACTORY WOOD TREATMENT

A. Treated Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements of AWPA U1 - Use Category Systemfor wood treatments determined by use categories, expected service conditions, and specificapplications. 1. Fire-Retardant Treated Wood: Mark each piece of wood with producer's stamp indicating

compliance with specified requirements.

Page 100: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

06 1000ROUGH CARPENTRY

2. Preservative-Treated Wood: Provide lumber and plywood marked or stamped by anALSC-accredited testing agency, certifying level and type of treatment in accordance withAWPA standards.

2.06 FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT:A. Exterior Type: AWPA U1, Category UCFB, Commodity Specification H, chemically treated and

pressure impregnated; capable of providing a maximum flame spread index of 25 when testedin accordance with ASTM E84, with no evidence of significant combustion when test isextended for an additional 20 minutes both before and after accelerated weathering testperformed in accordance with ASTM D2898.1. Kiln dry wood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent for lumber and

15 percent for plywood.2. Do not use treated wood in direct contact with the ground.

B. Interior Type A: AWPA U1, Use Category UCFA, Commodity Specification H, low temperature(low hygroscopic) type, chemically treated and pressure impregnated; capable of providing amaximum flame spread index of 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84, with noevidence of significant combustion when test is extended for an additional 20 minutes.1. Kiln dry wood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent for lumber and

15 percent for plywood.2. Treat rough carpentry items as indicated .3. Do not use treated wood in applications exposed to weather or where the wood may

become wet.2.07 PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT:

A. Preservative Pressure Treatment of Lumber Above Grade: AWPA U1, Use Category UC3B,Commodity Specification A using waterborne preservative.1. Kiln dry lumber after treatment to maximum moisture content of 19 percent.2. Treat lumber exposed to weather.3. Treat lumber in contact with roofing, flashing, or waterproofing.4. Treat lumber in contact with masonry or concrete.5. Treat lumber less than 18 inches above grade.6. Treat lumber in other locations as indicated.

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 INSTALLATION - GENERAL

A. Select material sizes to minimize waste. B. Reuse scrap to the greatest extent possible; clearly separate scrap for use on site as accessory

components, including: shims, bracing, and blocking.C. Where treated wood is used on interior, provide temporary ventilation during and immediately

after installation sufficient to remove indoor air contaminants.3.02 BLOCKING, NAILERS, AND SUPPORTS

A. Provide framing and blocking members as indicated or as required to support finishes, fixtures,specialty items, and trim.

B. In framed assemblies that have concealed spaces, provide solid wood fireblocking as requiredby applicable local code, to close concealed draft openings between floors and between topstory and roof/attic space; other material acceptable to code authorities may be used in lieu ofsolid wood blocking.

C. In walls, provide blocking attached to studs as backing and support for wall-mounted items,unless item can be securely fastened to two or more studs or other method of support isexplicitly indicated.

D. Where ceiling-mounting is indicated, provide blocking and supplementary supports aboveceiling, unless other method of support is explicitly indicated.

Page 101: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

06 1000ROUGH CARPENTRY

3.03 ROOF-RELATED CARPENTRYA. Coordinate installation of roofing carpentry with deck construction, framing of roof openings, and

roofing assembly installation.B. Provide wood curb at all roof openings except where prefabricated curbs are specified and

where specifically indicated otherwise. Form corners by alternating lapping side members.3.04 INSTALLATION OF CONSTRUCTION PANELS

A. Wall Sheathing: Secure with long dimension perpendicular to wall studs, with ends over firmbearing and staggered, using screws.

3.05 TOLERANCESA. Framing Members: 1/4 inch from true position, maximum.B. Variation from Plane (Other than Floors): 1/4 inch in 10 feet maximum, and 1/2 inch in 30 feet

maximum.3.06 CLEANING

A. Waste Disposal:1. Comply with applicable regulations.2. Do not burn scrap on project site.3. Do not burn scraps that have been pressure treated.4. Do not send materials treated with pentachlorophenol, CCA, or ACA to co-generation

facilities or “waste-to-energy” facilities.B. Do not leave any wood, shavings, sawdust, etc. on the ground or buried in fill. C. Prevent sawdust and wood shavings from entering the storm drainage system.

END OF SECTION

Page 102: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

07 1113BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING

SECTION 07 1113 - BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFINGPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Bituminous dampproofing.B. Protection boards.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. ASTM D449/D449M - Standard Specification for Asphalt Used in Dampproofing and

Waterproofing.B. ASTM D4479/D4479M - Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Coatings - Asbestos-Free.C. NRCA (WM) - The NRCA Waterproofing Manual.

1.03 SUBMITTALSA. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Product Data: Provide properties of primer, bitumen, and mastics.C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and perimeter conditions

requiring special attention.1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section withminimum 6 years experience.

1.05 FIELD CONDITIONSA. Maintain ambient temperatures above 40 degrees F for 24 hours before and during application

until dampproofing has cured.PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Acceptable Manufacturers:1. Karnak Corporation: www.karnakcorp.com.2. Mar-Flex Systems, Inc: www.mar-flex.com/sle.3. W. R. Meadows, Inc: www.wrmeadows.com/sle.4. Tremco Barrier Solutions: www.tremcobarriersolutions.com..5. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.

2.02 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFINGA. Bituminous Dampproofing: Cold-applied, spray-grade; asphalt base, volatile petroleum

solvents, and other content, suitable for application by spray, brush, roller, or squeegee;asbestos-free; suitable for application on vertical and horizontal surfaces.1. Composition: ASTM D4479/D4479M Type I, minimum, asbestos free.2. VOC Content: Not more than permitted by local, State, and federal regulations.3. Applied Thickness: 1/16 inch, minimum, wet film.

B. Primers, Mastics, and Related Materials: Type as recommended by dampproofingmanufacturer.

2.03 ACCESSORIESA. Protection Board: 1/8 inch thick asphalt impregnated board.

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify existing conditions are acceptable prior to starting this work.B. Verify substrate surfaces are durable, free of matter detrimental to adhesion or application of

dampproofing system.

Page 103: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

07 1113BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING

C. Verify that items penetrating surfaces to receive dampproofing are securely installed.3.02 APPLICATION

A. Foundation Walls: Apply two coats of asphalt dampproofing.B. Prime surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NRCA (WM) applicable

requirements.C. Apply bitumen per manufacturer's guidlines (spray or trowel).D. Seal items watertight with mastic, that project through dampproofing surface.

END OF SECTION

Page 104: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

07 2100THERMAL INSULATION

SECTION 07 2100 - THERMAL INSULATIONPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Board insulation at perimeter foundation wall and exterior wall behind masonry and EIFS wallfinish.

B. Batt insulation in exterior wall construction.C. Batt insulation for filling perimeter window and door shim spaces and crevices in exterior wall

and roof.1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. ASTM C578 - Standard Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation.B. ASTM C665 - Standard Specification for Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light

Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing.C. ASTM C1289 - Standard Specification for Faced Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal

Insulation Board.D. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.E. ASTM E136 - Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace At 750

Degrees C.1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics, performance criteria, and product

limitations.C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements.D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Include information on special environmental conditions

required for installation and installation techniques.1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Comply with fire resistance and flammability ratings as shown and specified.B. Thicknesses specified are for the thermal conductivity (k-value at 75 degrees F) specified for

each material. Provide adjusted thicknesses for approved use of substituted materials withdifferent thermal conductivity ratings. Where insulation is specified to have a specific "R" value,furnish manufacturer's standard thickness required to equal or exceed the specified value.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA. Do not allow insulation materials to become wet, soiled, or covered with ice or snow. Comply

with manufacturer's recommendations for handling, storage, and protection before and duringinstallation.

1.06 FIELD CONDITIONSA. Do not install insulation adhesives when temperature or weather conditions are detrimental to

successful installation.PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 APPLICATIONS

A. Insulation at Perimeter of Foundation: Extruded polystyrene board.B. Insulation in Metal Framed Walls: Batt insulation with integral vapor retarder.

2.02 FOAM BOARD INSULATION MATERIALSA. Polyisocyanurate (ISO) Board Insulation: Rigid cellular foam, complying with ASTM C1289.

1. Classifications:a. Type II:

Page 105: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

07 2100THERMAL INSULATION

1) Class 1 - Faced with glass fiber reinforced cellulistic felt facers on both majorsurfaces of core foam.

2) Compressive Strength: Classes 1-2-3, Grade 1 - 16 psi (110 kPa), minimum.3) Thermal Resistance, R-value: At 1-1/2 inch thick; Class 1, Grades 1-2-3 - 8.4

(1.48) at 75 degrees F.2. Board Size: 48 by 96 inch.3. Board Thickness: 2.0 inch.4. Board Edges: Square.

2.03 BATT INSULATION MATERIALSA. Glass Fiber Batt Insulation: Flexible preformed batt or blanket, complying with ASTM C665;

friction fit.1. Flame Spread Index: 25 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84.2. Smoke Developed Index: 50 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84.3. Combustibility: Non-combustible, when tested in accordance with ASTM E136, except for

facing, if any.4. Thickness: Full thickness of framing or cavity space indicated, unless otherwise

specifically noted on Drawings.5. Facing: Aluminum foil, flame spread 25 rated; one side.

a. Foil-scrim-kraft faced one side; rated maximum flame spread 25 and smokedeveloped 50; approved for exposed applications where required by applicablebuilding code.

6. Manufacturers:a. CertainTeed Corporation; _____: www.certainteed.com/#sle.b. Johns Manville; _____: www.jm.com/#sle.c. Owens Corning Corporation; EcoTouch PINK FIBERGLAS Insulation:

www.ocbuildingspec.com/#sle.d. Knauf Fiber Glass.e. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.

2.04 ACCESSORIESA. Tape: Bright aluminum self-adhering type, mesh reinforced, 2 inch wide.B. Adhesive: Type recommended by insulation manufacturer for application.

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that substrate, adjacent materials, and insulation materials are dry and that substrates areready to receive insulation and adhesive.

B. Verify substrate surfaces are flat, free of honeycomb, fins, irregularities, or materials orsubstances that may impede adhesive bond.

3.02 BOARD INSTALLATION AT FOUNDATION PERIMETERA. Install boards horizontally on foundation perimeter.

1. Place boards to maximize adhesive contact.2. Install in running bond pattern.3. Butt edges and ends tightly to adjacent boards and to protrusions.

B. Cut and fit insulation tightly to protrusions or interruptions to the insulation plane.3.03 BOARD INSTALLATION AT EXTERIOR WALLS

A. Install boards horizontally on walls.B. Cut and fit insulation tightly to protrusions or interruptions to the insulation plane.

3.04 BATT INSTALLATIONA. Installation - General:

1. Install insulation and vapor retarder in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

Page 106: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

07 2100THERMAL INSULATION

2. Install in exterior wall spaces without gaps or voids. Do not compress insulation.3. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Insulate miscellaneous gaps and voids.4. Fit insulation tightly in cavities and tightly to exterior side of mechanical and electrical

services within the plane of the insulation.B. Metal Stud Framing: Tape insulation batts in place.

1. Place integral vapor retarder on warm side of insulation; lap and tape sheet retarder jointsover framing member face.

2. Tape seal butt ends, lapped flanges, and tears or cuts in membrane.3.05 PROTECTION

A. Do not permit installed insulation to be damaged prior to its concealment.END OF SECTION

Page 107: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

07 2400EXTERIOR INSULATION AND

FINISH SYSTEMS

SECTION 07 2400 - EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMSPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Composite wall and soffit cladding of rigid insulation and reinforced finish coating ("Class PB").B. Incidental uses of same finish coating applied directly to masonry.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. ASTM B117 - Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus.B. ASTM C578 - Standard Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation.C. ASTM C1397 - Standard Practice for Application of Class PB Exterior Insulation and Finish

Systems (EIFS) and EIFS with Drainage.D. ASTM D968 - Standard Test Methods for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by Falling

Abrasive.E. ASTM D2247 - Standard Practice for Testing Water Resistance of Coatings in 100% Relative

Humidity.F. ASTM D3273 - Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of

Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber.G. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.H. ASTM E331 - Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights,

Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.I. ASTM E2273 - Standard Test Method for Determining the Drainage Efficiency of Exterior

Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) Clad Wall Assemblies.J. ASTM E2486/E2486M - Standard Test Method for Impact Resistance of Class PB and PI

Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS).K. ASTM G153 - Standard Practice for Operating Enclosed Carbon Arc Light Apparatus for

Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials.L. ASTM G155 - Standard Practice for Operating Xenon Arc Light Apparatus for Exposure of

Nonmetallic Materials.M. ICC-ES AC219 - Acceptance Criteria for Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems.N. ICC-ES AC235 - Acceptance Criteria for EIFS Clad Drainage Wall Assemblies.O. NFPA 259 - Standard Test Method for Potential Heat of Building Materials.P. NFPA 268 - Standard Test Method for Determining Ignitibility of Exterior Wall Assemblies Using

a Radiant Heat Energy Source.Q. NFPA 285 - Standard Fire Test Method for Evaluation of Fire Propagation Characteristics of

Exterior Non-Load-Bearing Wall Assemblies Containing Combustible Components.1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Shop Drawings: Indicate wall and soffit joint patterns, joint details, and molding profiles.C. Product Data: Provide data on system materials, product characteristics, performance criteria,

and system limitations.D. Verification Samples: Submit actual samples of selected coating on specified substrate,

minimum 12 inches square, illustrating project colors and textures.1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Maintain copy of specified installation standard and manufacturer's installation instructions atproject site during installation.

B. EIFS Manufacturer Qualifications: Provide EIFS products other than insulation from the samemanufacturer with qualifications as follows:

Page 108: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

07 2400EXTERIOR INSULATION AND

FINISH SYSTEMS

1. Manufacturer of EIFS products for not less than 5 years.C. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in EIFS work, with minimum five years of

documented experience.1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Delivery: Deliver materials to project site in manufacturer's original, unopened containers withlabels intact. Inspect materials and notify manufacturer of any discrepancies.

B. Storage: Store materials as directed by manufacturer's written instructions.1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Do not prepare materials or apply EIFS under conditions other than those described in themanufacturer's written instructions.

B. Do not prepare materials or apply EIFS during inclement weather unless areas of installationare protected. Protect installed EIFS areas from inclement weather until dry.

C. Do not install coatings or sealants when ambient temperature is below 40 degrees F.D. Do not leave installed insulation board exposed to sunlight for extended periods of time.

1.07 WARRANTYA. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.B. Provide manufacturer's standard material warranty, covering a period of not less than 5 years.C. Provide separate warranty from installer covering labor for repairs or replacement for a period of

not less than 5 years.PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Acceptable Manufacturers:1. Basis of Design: Dryvit Systems, Inc; Dryvit Outsulation Exterior Insulation and Finish

System, Class PB with Engineered Moisture Drainage: www.dryvit.com.2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.

2.02 EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMA. Exterior Insulation and Finish System: DRAINAGE type; reinforced finish coating on flat-backed

insulation board adhesive-applied directly to water-resistive coating over substrate; provide acomplete system that has been tested to show compliance with the following characteristics;include all components of specified system and substrate(s) in tested samples.

B. Fire Characteristics:1. Flammability: Pass, when tested in accordance with NFPA 285.2. Ignitibility: No sustained flaming when tested in accordance with NFPA 268.3. Potential Heat of Foam Plastic Insulation Tested Independently of Assembly: No portion of

the assembly having potential heat that exceeds that of the insulation sample tested forflammability (above), when tested in accordance with NFPA 259 with results expressed inBtu per square foot.

C. Water Penetration Resistance: No water penetration beyond the plane of the basecoat/insulation board interface after 15 minutes, when tested in accordance with ASTM E331 at6.24 psf differential pressure with tracer dye in the water spray; include in tested sample at leasttwo vertical joints and one horizontal joint of same type to be used in construction; disassemblesample if necessary to determine extent of water penetration.

D. Drainage Efficiency: Average minimum efficiency of 90 percent, when tested in accordancewith ASTM E2273 for 75 minutes.

E. Salt Spray Resistance: No cracking, checking, crazing, erosion, blistering, peeling,delamination, or corrosion of finish coating after 300 hours exposure in accordance with ASTMB117, using at least three samples matching intended assembly, at least 4 by 6 inches in size.

Page 109: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

07 2400EXTERIOR INSULATION AND

FINISH SYSTEMS

F. Freeze-Thaw Resistance: No cracking, checking, crazing, erosion, blistering, peeling,delamination, or corrosion of finish coating when viewed under 5x magnification after 10 cycles,when tested in accordance with ICC-ES AC219 or ICC-ES AC235.

G. Weathering Resistance: No cracking, checking, crazing, erosion, blistering, peeling,delamination, or corrosion of finish coating when viewed under 5x magnification after 2000hours of accelerated weathering conducted in accordance with ASTM G153 Cycle 1 or ASTMG155 Cycles 1, 5, or 9.

H. Water Degradation Resistance: No cracking, checking, crazing, erosion, blistering, peeling,delamination, or corrosion of finish coating after 14 days exposure, when tested in accordancewith ASTM D2247.

I. Mildew Resistance: No growth supported on finish coating during 28 day exposure period,when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273.

J. Abrasion Resistance Of Finish: No cracking, checking or loss of film integrity when tested inaccordance with ASTM D968 with 113.5 gallons of sand.

K. Impact Resistance: Construct system to provide the following impact resistance withoutexposure of broken reinforcing mesh, when tested in accordance with ASTM E2486/E2486M:1. Standard: 25 to 49 in-lb, for areas not indicated as requiring higher impact resistance.2. High: 90 to 150 in-lb, for areas with general access to public.

2.03 MATERIALSA. Finish Coating Top Coat: Water-based, air curing, acrylic or polymer-based finish with integral

color and texture.1. Texture: as selected by architect.2. Color: As indicated on drawings.

B. Base Coat: Fiber-reinforced, acrylic or polymer-based product compatible with insulation boardand reinforcing mesh.

C. Reinforcing Mesh: Balanced, open weave glass fiber fabric, treated for compatibility andimproved bond with coating, weight, strength, and number of layers as required to meetrequired system impact rating.

D. Insulation Board: Molded expanded polystyrene (EPS) board insulation, ASTM C578, Type I,with the following characteristics:1. Board Edges: Square.2. Thermal Resistance (R factor per 1 inch (25.4 mm)) at 75 degrees F: 4.00.3. Board Density: 0.9 lb/cu ft.4. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread/Smoke developed index of 25/450, when

tested in accordance with ASTM E84.2.04 ACCESSORY MATERIALS

A. Trim: EIFS manufacturer's standard PVC or galvanized steel trim accessories, as required for acomplete project and including starter track and drainage accessories.

B. Sealants: Elastomeric type with required primers. Specifically recommended by EIFS systemmanufacturer for use within system and at perimeter joints at dissimilar materials. Sealants inSection 07 9005 are not specifically designated for use within the EIFS system.

C. Exterior Soffit Vents: Provided or recommended by EIFS manufacturerPART 3 EXECUTION3.01 GENERAL

A. Install in accordance with EIFS manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C1397.B. Where different requirements appear in either document, comply with the most stringent.C. Neither of these documents supercedes the provisions of the Contract Documents that define

the contractual relationships between the parties or the scope of work.

Page 110: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

07 2400EXTERIOR INSULATION AND

FINISH SYSTEMS

3.02 EXAMINATIONA. Verify that substrate is sound and free of oil, dirt, other surface contaminants, efflorescence,

loose materials, or protrusions that could interfere with EIFS installation and is of a type andconstruction that is acceptable to EIFS manufacturer. Do not begin work until substrate andadjacent materials are complete and thoroughly dry.

B. Verify that substrate surface is flat, with no deviation greater than 1/4 in when tested with a 10 ftstraightedge.

3.03 INSTALLATION - GENERALA. Install in accordance with EIFS manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C1397.

1. Where different requirements appear in either document, comply with the most stringent.2. Neither of these documents supercedes provisions of Contract Documents that defines

contractual relationships between parties or scope of this work.3.04 INSTALLATION - WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIER

A. Seal substrate transitions and intersections with other materials to form continuouswater-resistive barrier on exterior of sheathing, using method recommended by manufacturer.

B. At door and window rough openings and other wall penetrations, seal water-resistive barrier andflexible flashings to rough opening before installation of metal flashings, sills, or frames, usingmethod recommended by manufacturer.

C. Lap flexible flashing or flashing tape at least 2 inches on each side of joint or transition.3.05 INSTALLATION - INSULATION

A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.B. Install back wrap reinforcing mesh at all openings and terminations that are not to be protected

with trim.C. On wall surfaces, install boards horizontally. D. Place boards in a method to maximize tight joints. Stagger vertical joints and interlock at

corners. Butt edges and ends tight to adjacent board and to protrusions. Achieve a continuousflush insulation surface, with no gaps in excess of 1/16 inch.

E. Fill gaps greater than 1/16 inch with strips or shims cut from the same insulation material.F. Rasp irregularities off surface of installed insulation board.

3.06 INSTALLATION - CLASS PB FINISHA. Base Coat: Apply in thickness as necessary to fully embed reinforcing mesh, wrinkle free,

including back-wrap at terminations of EIFS. Install reinforcing fabric as recommended by EIFSmanufacturer.1. Lap reinforcing mesh edges and ends a minimum of 2-1/2 inches.2. Allow base coat to dry a minimum of 24 hours before next coating application.

B. Apply finish coat after base coat has dried not less than 24 hours, embed finish aggregate, andfinish to a uniform texture and color.

C. Seal control and expansion joints within the field of exterior finish and insulation system, usingprocedures recommended by sealant and finish system manufacturers.

3.07 CLEANINGA. Clean EIFS surfaces and work areas of foreign materials resulting from EIFS operations.

3.08 PROTECTIONA. Protect completed work from damage and soiling by subsequent work.

END OF SECTION

Page 111: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

07 2500WEATHER BARRIERS

SECTION 07 2500 - WEATHER BARRIERSPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Water-Resistive Barrier: Under exterior wall cladding, over sheathing or other substrate; not airtight or vapor retardant.

B. Air Barriers: Materials that form a system to stop passage of air through exterior walls, jointsbetween exterior walls and roof, and joints around frames of openings in exterior walls.

1.02 DEFINITIONSA. Weather Barrier: Assemblies that form either water-resistive barriers, air barriers, or vapor

retarders.1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. ASTM C920; Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint SealantsB. ASTM C1193; Standard Guide for Use of Joint SealantsC. ASTM D882; Test Method for Tensile Properties of Thin Plastic SheetingD. ASTM D1117; Standard Guide for Evaluating Non-woven FabricsE. ASTM E84; Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building MaterialsF. ASTM E96; Test Method for Water Vapor Transmission of MaterialsG. ASTM E1677; Specification for Air Retarder Material or System for Framed Building WallsH. ASTM E2178; Test Method for Air Permeance of Building MaterialsI. ASTM E2357; Standard Test Method for Determining Air Leakage of Air Barrier AssembliesJ. AATCC Test Method 127 Water Resistance: Hydrostatic Pressure TestK. TAPPI Test Method T-410; Grams of Paper and Paperboard (Weight per Unit Area)L. TAPPI Test Method T-460; Air Resistance (Gurley Hill Method)

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Product Data: Provide data on material characteristics and performance criteria.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Installation shall be in accordance with weather barrier manufacturer’s installation guidelines

and recommendations.B. Installer shall have experience with installation of commercial weather barrier assemblies under

similar conditions with a minimum of 5 years experience.C. Source Limitations: Provide commercial weather barrier and accessory materials produced by

single manufacturer.PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 WEATHER BARRIER ASSEMBLIES

A. Basis of Design: spunbonded polyolefin, non-woven, non-perforated, weather barrier is basedupon DuPont™ Tyvek® CommercialWrap® and related assembly components.

B. Performance Characteristics:1. Air Penetration: 0.001 cfm/ft2 at 75 Pa, when tested in accordance with ASTM E2178.

Type I per ASTM E1677. 0.04 cfm/ft2 at 75 Pa, when tested in accordance with ASTME2357

2. Water Vapor Transmission: 28 perms, when tested in accordance with ASTM E96, MethodB.

3. Water Penetration Resistance: 280 cm when tested in accordance with AATCC TestMethod 127.

Page 112: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

07 2500WEATHER BARRIERS

4. Basis Weight: 2.7 oz/yd2, when tested in accordance with TAPPI Test Method T-410.5. Air Resistance: Air infiltration at >1500 seconds, when tested in accordance with TAPPI

Test Method T-460.6. Tensile Strength: 38/35 lbs/in., when tested in accordance with ASTM D882, Method A.7. Tear Resistance: 12/10 lbs., when tested in accordance with ASTM D1117.8. Surface Burning Characteristics: Class A, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84.

Flame Spread: 10, Smoke Developed: 10.C. Weather barrier membrane

1. Acceptable products/manufacturersa. DuPont™ Tyvek® CommercialWrap®b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements

D. Seam tape by manufacturer.E. Fasteners by manufacturer.F. Other related accessories by manufacturer.

2.02 ACCESSORIESA. Sealants, Tapes, and Accessories for Sealing Weather Barrier and Sealing Weather Barrier to

Adjacent Substrates: As specified or as recommended by weather barrier manufacturer.PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that surfaces and conditions are ready to accept the work of this section.3.02 PREPARATION

A. Remove projections, protruding fasteners, and loose or foreign matter that might interfere withproper installation.

3.03 INSTALLATIONA. Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.B. Take digital photographs of each portion of the installation prior to covering up.

3.05 PROTECTIONA. Do not leave materials exposed to weather longer than recommended by manufacturer.

END OF SECTION

Page 113: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

07 4113METAL ROOF PANELS

SECTION 07 4113 - METAL ROOF PANELSPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Architectural roofing system of preformed steel panels.B. Finishes.C. Accessories.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) orZinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.

B. ASTM A792/A792M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55% Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coatedby the Hot-Dip Process.

C. ASTM E1592 - Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Sheet Metal Roof andSiding Systems by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.

D. ASTM E1646 - Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Metal Roof PanelSystems by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.

E. ASTM E1680 - Standard Test Method for Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Metal RoofPanel Systems.

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including:

1. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations.2. Installation methods.3. Specimen warranty.

C. Shop Drawings: Include layouts of roof panels, details of edge and penetration conditions,spacing and type of connections, flashings, underlayments, and special conditions.1. Show work to be field-fabricated or field-assembled.

D. Warranty: Submit specified manufacturer's warranty and ensure that forms have beencompleted in Owner's name and are registered with manufacturer.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this

section, with not less than three years of documented experience.1. Not less than 5 years of documented experience.

B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type specified and withat least three years of documented experience.

1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA. Store roofing panels on project site as recommended by manufacturer to minimize damage to

panels prior to installation.1.07 WARRANTY

A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.B. C. Roofing Installer shall furnish guarantee covering watertightness of the roofing system for the

period of two (2) years from the date of substantial completion.C. Galvalume material shall have a twenty-year warranty against failure due to corrosion, rupture

or perforation.

Page 114: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

07 4113METAL ROOF PANELS

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Design is based on Zee-Lock, manufactured by Berridge Manufacturing Company, San Antonio,Texas..

B. Substitutions: Not permitted.2.02 SHEET MATERIALS

A. Prefinished metal shall be Aluminum-Zinc Alloy Coated (AZ-50 Galvalume®) Steel Sheet,24-Gauge or 22-Gauge*, ASTM 792-08, Grade 40, yield strength 40 ksi min.

B. Finish shall be full strength Kynar 500® or Hylar 5000™ fluoropolymer coating applied by themanufacturer on a continuous coil coating line, with a top side dry film thickness of 0.75 ± 0.05mil over 0.20 ± 0.05 mil prime coat, to provide a total top side dry film thickness of 0.95 ± 0.10mil. Bottom side shall be coated with a primer (non-metallics only) and beige urethane coatingwith a total dry film thickness of 0.35 ± 0.05 mil. Finish shall conform to all tests for adhesion,flexibility, and longevity as specified by the Kynar 500® or Hylar 5000™ finish supplier.

C. Strippable film shall be applied to the top side of all prefinished metal to protect the finish duringfabrication, shipping and field handling. This strippable film MUST be removed immediatelybefore installation.

D. Unpainted metal shall be Aluminum-Zinc Alloy Coated (AZ-55 Acrylic Coated Galvalume®)Steel Sheet, 24-Gauge or 22-Gauge*, ASTM 792-08, Grade 40, yield strength 40 ksi min., withclear acrylic coating on both sides of material.

E. Field protection must be provided by the contractor at the job site so stacked or coiled materialis not exposed to weather and moisture.

F. Flashing maybe factory fabricated or field fabricated. Unless otherwise specified all exposedadjacent flashing shall be of the same material and finish as panel system.

2.03 BERRIDGE DOUBLE-LOCK ZEE-LOCK STANDING SEAM PANELA. 2” high vertical legs shall be spaced at 16” on-center and shall have no exposed fasteners.B. Panels shall be site-formed with the Berridge Model SP-21-X Portable Roll Former in

continuous lengths from ridge to eave or factory-formed to 40’ max.C. Continuous Zee Rib shall be 1 3/8“ wide and 2 1/8” in height. Rib shall be connected to purlin

with two #12-14 x 1” self-drilling/tapping fasteners or Zee Clips spaced at 3’-0”.D. Sidelap shall be mechanically seamed with a powered seamer.

2.04 ACCESSORIESA. Fasteners: Galvanized Steel with washers at exposed fasteners where approved by architect.B. Sealant: Sealant shall be an ultra low modulus, high performance, one-part, moisture curing

silicone joint sealant. Tremco Spectrum One or Dow 790 or Pecora 890NST or Duralink orTitebond Metal Roof Sealant (Do not use a clear sealant or sealants which release a solvent oracid during curing).

C. Sealant must be resistant to environmental conditions such as wind loading, wind driven rain,snow, sleet, acid rain, ozone, ultraviolet light and extreme temperature variations.

D. Vinyl Weatherseal Insert.E. Features must include joint movement capabilities of +100% & -50% ASTM C-719, capable of

taking expansion, compression, transverse and longitudinal movement, service temperaturerange -65ºF to 300ºF (-54ºC to 149ºC), Flow, sag or slump: ASTM C-639; Nil, Hardness (ShoreA): ASTM C-661; 15, Tensile strength at maximum elongation: ASTM D-412; 200 psi, Tensilestrength at 100% elongation: ASTM D-412; 35 psi, Tear strength, (die “C”); ASTM D-624; 40 pli,Peel strength (Aluminum, Glass, Concrete): ASTM C-794; 30 pli

F. Snow guards:1. Provide Berridge's recommended snow guards on low end of metal roofs.

Page 115: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

07 4113METAL ROOF PANELS

a. ColorGard System by S-5! is the snow guard recommended by Berridge for standingseam metal roofs.

2. Match snow guard finish to roof finish.3. Match metal roofing material.4. Provide and install a sufficient quantity close enough to the low end of the roof to prevent

snow/ice from sliding off any portion of the roof.2.05 FABRICATION

A. Panels: Fabricate panels and accessory items at factory, using manufacturer92s standardprocesses as required to achieve specified appearance and performance requirements.

B. All exposed adjacent flashing shall be of the same material and finish as the roof panels.C. Hem all exposed edges of flashing on underside, ½ inch.

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Do not begin installation of preformed metal roof panels until substrates have been properlyprepared.

B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactorypreparation before proceeding.

3.02 INSPECTIONA. Substrate

1. Examine metal deck to ensure proper attachment to framing.2. Inspect roof deck to verify deck is clean and smooth, free of depressions, waves or

projections, level to ¼” in 20’ and properly sloped to [valleys] (or) [eaves].3. Verify roof openings, curbs, pipes, sleeves, ducts or vents through roof are solidly set, cant

strips and reglets in place, and nailing strips located.4. Verify deck is dry and free of snow or ice. [Flutes in steel deck to be clean and dry]

B. Underlayment:1. Verify ice & water shield membrane has been installed on metal deck2. Underlayment materials approved by Berridge for a watertightness warranty include -

Grace Ice & Water Shield (40 mil), Grace Ultra (30 mil), Tamko TW Underlayment (40mil), Tamko TW Metal & Tile (75 mil), Carlisle WIP 300 HT (40 mil), Soprema LastobondShield HT (40 mil), Polyglass Polystick MTS (60 mil), and Mid-States Asphalt Quik-StickHT Pro (60 mil)

3. Ensure that all nail heads and felt caps are totally flush with the substrate. Fasteners shallbe galvanized roofing nails or zinc-coated fasteners with Berridge Coated Felt Caps.

3.03 INSTALLATIONA. Overall: Install roofing system in accordance with approved shop drawings and panel

manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, as applicable to specific project conditions.Anchor all components of roofing system securely in place while allowing for thermal andstructural movement.1. Install roofing system with concealed clips and fasteners, except as otherwise

recommended by manufacturer for specific circumstances.2. Minimize field cutting of panels. Where field cutting is absolutely required, use methods

that will not distort panel profiles. Use of torches for field cutting is absolutely prohibited.B. Accessories: Install all components required for a complete roofing assembly, including

flashings, gutters, downspouts, trim, moldings, closure strips, preformed crickets, caps,equipment curbs, rib closures, ridge closures, and similar roof accessory items.

C. Roof Panels: Install panels in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions, minimizingtransverse joints except at junction with penetrations.

Page 116: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

07 4113METAL ROOF PANELS

3.04 CLEANINGA. Clean exposed sheet metal work at completion of installation. Remove grease and oil films,

excess joint sealer, handling marks, and debris from installation, leaving the work clean andunmarked, free from dents, creases, waves, scratch marks, or other damage to the finish.

END OF SECTION

Page 117: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

07 5400THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE

ROOFING

SECTION 07 5400 - THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFINGPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Mechanically attached system with thermoplastic roofing membrane.B. Deck sheathing.C. Flashings.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Section 07 7100 - Roof Specialties: Prefabricated roofing expansion joint flashing.

1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. ASTM C208 - Standard Specification for Cellulosic Fiber Insulating Board.B. ASTM C1289 - Standard Specification for Faced Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal

Insulation Board.C. ASTM C1396/C1396M - Standard Specification for Gypsum Board.D. ASTM D6878/D6878M - Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Polyolefin Based Sheet

Roofing.E. FM DS 1-28 - Wind Design.F. NRCA (RM) - The NRCA Roofing Manual.G. NRCA (WM) - The NRCA Waterproofing Manual.

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Product Data: Provide data indicating membrane materials, flashing materials, insulation, vapor

retarder, surfacing, and fasteners.C. Specimen Warranty: For approval.D. Warranty Documentation:

1. Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner'sname and registered with manufacturer.

2. Submit installer's certification that installation complies with warranty conditions forwaterproof membrane.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA. Deliver products in manufacturer's original containers, dry, undamaged, with seals and labels

intact.B. Store products in weather protected environment, clear of ground and moisture.C. Ensure storage and staging of materials does not exceed static and dynamic load-bearing

capacities of roof decking.D. Protect foam insulation from direct exposure to sunlight.

1.06 WARRANTYA. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.B. System Warranty: Provide manufacturer's system warranty agreeing to repair or replace roofing

that leaks or is damaged due to wind or other natural causes.1. Warranty Term: 20 years.2. For repair and replacement include costs of both material and labor in warranty.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Thermoplastic Polyolefin (TPO) Membrane Materials:1. Carlisle Roofing Systems, Inc; Sure-Weld TPO: www.carlisle-syntec.com/#sle.

Page 118: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

07 5400THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE

ROOFING

2. Firestone Building Products, LLC: www.firestonebpco.com/#sle.3. GAF; EverGuard TPO 45 mil: www.gaf.com/#sle.4. Johns Manville; JM TPO - 45 mil: www.jm.com/#sle.

B. Insulation:2.02 ROOFING - UNBALLASTED APPLICATIONS

A. Thermoplastic Membrane Roofing: One ply membrane, mechanically fastened, over insulation.B. Acceptable Insulation Types - Constant Thickness Application: Any of the types specified.

1. Minimum 2 layers of cellulose, perlite, molded polystyrene, polyisocyanurate, glass fiber,extruded polystyrene, or composite board.

2. Bottom layer of cellulose, perlite, molded polystyrene, polyisocyanurate, glass fiber,extruded polystyrene, composite, or cellular glass board covered with single layer ofcellulose, perlite, molded polystyrene, polyisocyanurate, glass fiber, extruded polystyrene,or composite board.

C. Acceptable Insulation Types - Tapered Application: _____.2.03 ROOFING MEMBRANE AND ASSOCIATED MATERIALS

A. Membrane:1. Material: Thermoplastic polyolefin (TPO) complying with ASTM D6878/D6878M.2. Reinforcing: Internal fabric.3. Thickness: 0.045 inch, minimum.4. Sheet Width: Factory fabricated into largest sheets possible.

B. Seaming Materials: As recommended by membrane manufacturer.C. Membrane Fasteners: As recommended and approved by membrane manufacturer.D. Flexible Flashing Material: Same material as membrane.

2.04 DECK SHEATHING AND COVER BOARDSA. Deck Sheathing: Gypsum sheathing, ASTM C1396/C1396M, Type X special fire resistant type,

paper face, 5/8 inch thick.2.05 INSULATION

A. Cellulose Fiber Board Insulation: ASTM C208, Type II; natural finish.B. Polyisocyanurate (ISO) Board Insulation: Rigid cellular foam, complying with ASTM C1289.

1. Classifications:a. Type I: Faced with aluminum foil on both major surfaces of the core foam.

1) Class 1 - Non-reinforced core foam.2) Compressive Strength: 16 psi, minimum.3) Thermal Resistance, R-value: At 1-1/2 inch thick; 9.0 at 75 degrees F.

2. Board Size: 48 by 96 inch.3. Board Thickness: 1.5 inch.4. Tapered Board: Slope as indicated; minimum thickness 1/2 inch; fabricate of fewest layers

possible.5. Board Edges: Square.

2.06 ACCESSORIESA. Prefabricated Roofing Expansion Joint Flashing: As specified in Section 07 7100.B. Cant and Edge Strips: Wood fiberboard, compatible with roofing materials; cants formed to 45

degree angle.C. Sheathing Joint Tape: Paper type, ____ inch wide, self adhering.D. Insulation Joint Tape: Glass fiber reinforced type as recommended by insulation manufacturer,

compatible with roofing materials; 6 inches wide; self adhering.E. Insulation Fasteners: Appropriate for purpose intended and approved by roofing manufacturer.F. Membrane Adhesive: As recommended by membrane manufacturer.

Page 119: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

07 5400THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE

ROOFING

G. Walkway Pads: Suitable for maintenance traffic, contrasting color or otherwise visuallydistinctive from roof membrane.1. Composition: Roofing membrane manufacturer's standard.2. Size: 18 by 18 inch.3. Surface Color: White or yellow.

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 INSTALLATION - GENERAL

A. Perform work in accordance with NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual and manufacturer'sinstructions.

B. Do not apply roofing membrane during unsuitable weather.C. Do not apply roofing membrane when ambient temperature is outside the temperature range

recommended by manufacturer.D. Do not apply roofing membrane to damp or frozen deck surface or when precipitation is

expected or occurring.E. Do not expose materials vulnerable to water or sun damage in quantities greater than can be

weatherproofed the same day.F. Coordinate the work with installation of associated counterflashings installed by other sections

as the work of this section proceeds.3.02 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that surfaces and site conditions are ready to receive work.B. Verify deck is supported and secure.C. Verify deck is clean and smooth, flat, free of depressions, waves, or projections, properly sloped

and suitable for installation of roof system.D. Verify deck surfaces are dry and free of snow or ice.E. Verify that roof openings, curbs, and penetrations through roof are solidly set, and cant strips

are in place.3.03 METAL DECK PREPARATION

A. Install deck sheathing on metal deck:1. Lay with long side at right angle to flutes; stagger end joints; provide support at ends.2. Cut sheathing cleanly and accurately at roof breaks and protrusions to provide smooth

surface.3. Tape joints.

3.04 INSTALLATION - GENERALA. Perform work in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, NRCA (RM), and NRCA (WM)

applicable requirements.B. Do not apply roofing membrane during unsuitable weather.C. Do not apply roofing membrane when ambient temperature is outside the temperature range

recommended by manufacturer.D. Do not apply roofing membrane to damp or frozen deck surface or when precipitation is

expected or occurring.E. Do not expose materials vulnerable to water or sun damage in quantities greater than can be

weatherproofed the same day.3.05 INSULATION - UNDER MEMBRANE

A. Attachment of Insulation:1. Mechanically fasten insulation to deck in accordance with roofing manufacturer's

instructions and Factory Mutual requirements.

Page 120: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

07 5400THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE

ROOFING

B. Lay subsequent layers of insulation with joints staggered minimum 6 inch from joints ofpreceding layer.

C. Place tapered insulation to the required slope pattern in accordance with manufacturer'sinstructions.

D. On metal deck, place boards parallel to flutes with insulation board edges bearing on deckflutes.

E. Lay boards with edges in moderate contact without forcing. Cut insulation to fit neatly toperimeter blocking and around penetrations through roof.

F. Tape joints of insulation in accordance with roofing and insulation manufacturers' instructions.G. Do not apply more insulation than can be covered with membrane in same day.

3.06 MEMBRANE APPLICATIONA. Roll out membrane, free from wrinkles or tears. Place sheet into place without stretching.B. Shingle joints on sloped substrate in direction of drainage.C. Overlap edges and ends and seal seams by contact adhesive, minimum 3 inches. Seal

permanently waterproof. Apply uniform bead of sealant to joint edge.D. Mechanical Attachment: Apply membrane and mechanical attachment devices in accordance

with manufacturer's instructions.E. At intersections with vertical surfaces:

1. Extend membrane over cant strips and up a minimum of 4 inches onto vertical surfaces.2. Fully adhere flexible flashing over membrane and up to nailing strips.

F. Around roof penetrations, seal flanges and flashings with flexible flashing.G. Install roofing expansion joints where indicated. Make joints watertight.

1. Install prefabricated joint components in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.H. Coordinate installation of roof drains and sumps and related flashings.

END OF SECTION

Page 121: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

07 6200SHEET METAL FLASHING AND

TRIM

SECTION 07 6200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIMPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Fabricated sheet metal items, including flashings, counterflashings, gutters, and downspouts.B. Reglets and accessories.C. Precast concrete splash pads.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. AAMA 2605 - Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for

Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels.B. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or

Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.C. ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants.D. ASTM D4479/D4479M - Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Coatings - Asbestos-Free.E. ASTM D4586/D4586M - Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Cement, Asbestos-Free.F. CDA A4050 - Copper in Architecture - Handbook.G. SMACNA (ASMM) - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual.H. SPRI ES-1 - Wind Design Standard for Edge Systems Used with Low Slope Roofing Systems;

Single Ply Roofing Industry. (ANSI/SPRI ES-1)1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

A. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene one week before starting work of this section.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Shop Drawings: Indicate material profile, jointing pattern, jointing details, fastening methods,

flashings, terminations, and installation details.C. Samples: Submit two samples 12"x12" inch in size illustrating metal finish color.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Perform work in accordance with SMACNA (ASMM) and CDA A4050 requirements and

standard details, except as otherwise indicated.B. Fabricator and Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in sheet metal work with five

years of documented experience.1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Stack material to prevent twisting, bending, and abrasion, and to provide ventilation. Slopemetal sheets to ensure drainage.

B. Prevent contact with materials that could cause discoloration or staining.1.07 WARRANTY

A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.B. Correct defective Work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion. Defective

work includes failure of watertightness or seals.C. Provide 20 year manufacturer warranty for prefinished sheet metal materials. Warranty shall

include degradation of metal finish.PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM ASSEMBLIES

A. Flashing Assemblies:

Page 122: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

07 6200SHEET METAL FLASHING AND

TRIM

1. Capable of withstanding structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposureto wind and weather without failure or permanent deformation.

2. Physically protect roofing systems, roof accessories, and other building elements andsystems from damage that would permit water leakage to building interior under allweather conditions.

B. Roof Edge Flashing and Coping Assemblies:1. Pull-Off Resistance: Tested in accordance with SPRI ES-1 RE-1, RE-2, and RE-3 as

applicable to positive and negative design wind pressure as defined by applicable code.2. Capable of withstanding structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure

to wind and weather without failure or permanent deformation.3. Physically protect roofing systems, roof accessories, and other building elements and

systems from damage that would permit water leakage to building interior under allweather conditions.

2.02 SHEET MATERIALSA. Pre-Finished Galvanized Steel: ASTM A653/A653M, with G90/Z275 zinc coating; minimum

0.02 inch thick base metal, shop pre-coated with fluoropolymer coating.1. PVDF (Polyvinylidene Fluoride) Coating: Superior Performance Organic Finish, AAMA

2605; multiple coat, thermally cured fluoropolymer finish system.2. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors.

2.03 ACCESSORIESA. Fasteners: Galvanized steel, with soft neoprene washers.B. Primer: Zinc chromate type.C. Protective Backing Paint: Zinc molybdate alkyd.D. Sealant to be Concealed in Completed Work: Non-curing butyl sealant.E. Sealant to be Exposed in Completed Work: ASTM C920; elastomeric sealant, 100 percent

silicone with minimum movement capability of plus/minus 25 percent and recommended bymanufacturer for substrates to be sealed; clear.

F. Plastic Cement: ASTM D4586, Type I.2.04 FABRICATION

A. Form sections true to shape, accurate in size, square, and free from distortion or defects.B. Form pieces in longest possible lengths.C. Hem exposed edges on underside 1/2 inch; miter and seam corners.D. Form material with flat lock seams, except where otherwise indicated; at moving joints, use

sealed lapped, bayonet-type or interlocking hooked seams.E. Fabricate corners from one piece with minimum 18 inch long legs; seam for rigidity, seal with

sealant.2.05 GUTTER AND DOWNSPOUT FABRICATION

A. Gutters: SMACNA (ASMM), Semi-circular profile.B. Downspouts: Rectangular profile. (unless noted otherwise)C. Gutters and Downspouts: Size for rainfall intensity determined by a storm occurrence of 1 in 10

years in accordance with SMACNA (ASMM).D. Accessories: Profiled to suit gutters and downspouts.

1. Anchorage Devices: In accordance with SMACNA (ASMM) requirements.2. Gutter Supports: Brackets.3. Downspout Supports: Brackets.

E. Splash Pads: Precast concrete type, of size and profiles indicated; minimum 3000 psi at 28days, with minimum 5 percent air entrainment.

F. Downspout Boots: Steel.

Page 123: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

07 6200SHEET METAL FLASHING AND

TRIM

G. Seal metal joints.PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify roof openings, curbs, pipes, sleeves, ducts, and vents through roof are solidly set, regletsin place, and nailing strips located.

B. Verify roofing termination and base flashings are in place, sealed, and secure.3.02 PREPARATION

A. Install starter and edge strips, and cleats before starting installation.B. Back paint concealed metal surfaces with protective backing paint to a minimum dry film

thickness of 15 mil.3.03 INSTALLATION

A. Secure flashings in place using concealed fasteners, and use exposed fasteners only wherepermitted..

B. Apply plastic cement compound between metal flashings and felt flashings.C. Fit flashings tight in place; make corners square, surfaces true and straight in planes, and lines

accurate to profiles.D. Secure gutters and downspouts in place with concealed fasteners.E. Connect downspouts to downspout boots at back wall. Seal connection watertight.F. Set splash pads under downspouts. G. Take special care in the handling and installation to avoid damage to finish.H. Remove protective film from each unit after installation.I. Touch up minor damage or defects to match factory finish. Replace units which are excessively

damaged as determined by Architect.3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for field inspection requirements.B. Inspection will involve surveillance of work during installation to ascertain compliance with

specified requirements.END OF SECTION

Page 124: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

07 7200ROOF HATCHES

SECTION 07 7200 - ROOF HATCHESPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Roof hatches.1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used.

1. Preparation instructions and recommendations.2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations.3. Installation methods.4. Maintenance requirements.

C. Warranty Documentation:1. Submit manufacturer warranty.2. Ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with

manufacturer.1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation.B. Store products under cover and elevated above grade.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 ROOF HATCHES, MANUAL AND AUTOMATIC OPERATION

A. Manufacturers - Sound Rated Roof Hatches:B. Manufacturers - Roof Hatches:

1. Acudor Products Inc: www.acudor.com.2. Babcock-Davis: www.babcockdavis.com.3. Bilco Company: www.bilco.com.4. Dur-Red Products: www.dur-red.com.5. Milcor by Commercial Products Group of Hart & Cooley, Inc: www.milcorinc.com.6. Williams Brothers Corporation of America: www.wbdoors.com.7. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.

C. Roof Hatches and Smoke Vents, General: Factory-assembled steel frame and cover, completewith operating and release hardware.1. Style: Provide flat metal covers unless otherwise indicated.2. Mounting: Provide frames and curbs suitable for mounting on corrugated metal roof deck.3. For Ladder Access: Single leaf; 30 by 36 inches.

D. Frames/Curbs: One-piece curb and frame with integral cap flashing to receive roof flashings;extended bottom flange to suit mounting.1. Material: Galvanized steel, 14 gage, 0.0747 inch thick.2. Finish: Factory prime paint.3. Insulation: Manufacturer's standard; 1 inch rigid glass fiber, located on outside face of

curb.4. Curb Height: 12 inches from surface of roof deck, minimum.

E. Metal Covers: Flush, insulated, hollow metal construction.1. Capable of supporting 40 psf live load.2. Material: Galvanized steel; outer cover 14 gage, 0.0747 inch thick, liner 22 gage, 0.03 inch

thick.3. Finish: Factory prime paint.4. Insulation: Manufacturer's standard 1 inch rigid glass fiber.5. Gasket: Neoprene, continuous around cover perimeter.

Page 125: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

07 7200ROOF HATCHES

F. Hardware: Steel, zinc coated and chromate sealed, unless otherwise indicated or required bymanufacturer.1. Lifting Mechanisms: Compression or torsion spring operator with shock absorbers that

automatically opens upon release of latch; capable of lifting covers despite 10 psf load.2. Hinges: Heavy duty pintle type.3. Hold open arm with vinyl-coated handle for manual release.4. Latch: Upon closing, engage latch automatically and reset manual release.5. Manual Release: Pull handle on interior.6. Locking: Padlock hasp on interior.7. Safety Post: Extension post for mounting on top rung of ladder; Model 1 Ladder Up

manufactured by Bilco Co.PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared.B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory

preparation before proceeding.3.02 PREPARATION

A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation.B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best

result for the substrate under the project conditions.3.03 INSTALLATION

A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, in manner that maintains roofing weatherintegrity.

3.04 CLEANINGA. Clean installed work to like-new condition.

3.05 PROTECTIONA. Protect installed products until completion of project.B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Date of Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION

Page 126: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

07 9005JOINT SEALERS

SECTION 07 9005 - JOINT SEALERSPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Sealants and joint backing.1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. ASTM C834 - Standard Specification for Latex Sealants.B. ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants.C. ASTM C1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants.

1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTSA. Coordinate the work with other sections referencing this section.

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Product Data: Provide data indicating sealant chemical characteristics, performance criteria,

limitations, and color availability.C. Two physical color samples charts from the manufacturer.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in

this section with minimum five years documented experience.1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and afterinstallation.

1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA. Deliver products to site in original, unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating

manufacturer, product name and designation, expiration period for use, pot life, curing time, andmixing instructions for multi-component materials.

1.08 WARRANTYA. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.B. Correct defective work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion.C. Warranty: Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories which fail to achieve

watertight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure.PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Acceptable Manufacturers:1. BASF Construction Chemicals-Building Systems: www.buildingsystems.basf.com.2. Bostik Inc: www.bostik-us.com.3. Dow Corning Corporation: www.dowcorning.com.4. Hilti, Inc: www.us.hilti.com.5. Pecora Corporation: www.pecora.com.6. Tremco Global Sealants: www.tremcosealants.com.7. W.R. Meadows, Inc: www.wrmeadows.com.8. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.

2.02 SEALANTSA. Hardness: As recommended by manufacturer for applications shown.B. Modulus of Elasticity: Provide lowest available modulus of elasticity for indicated requirements

and consistent with exposure to weathering, indentation, abrasion and support of loading.

Page 127: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

07 9005JOINT SEALERS

C. Compatibility: Provide sealants, joint fillers, and related materials that are compatible with oneanother and with substrates and other materials to which they will be exposed in the jointsystem.

D. Grade: For each application, provide grade of sealant complying with ASTM C920, and asrecommended by manufacturer for indicated conditions, to achieve best possible performance.Types, grades, classes, and uses specified are for normal conditions.

E. Colors: Provide colors for exposed sealants as selected by Architect from manufacturer'sstandards.

F. General Purpose Exterior Sealant: Polyurethane; ASTM C920, Grade NS, Class 25 minimum;Uses M, G, and A; single component.1. Color: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range.2. Applications: Use for:

a. Control, expansion, and soft joints in masonry.b. Joints between concrete and other materials.c. Joints between metal frames and other materials.d. Other exterior joints for which no other sealant is indicated.

G. General Purpose Interior Sealant: Acrylic emulsion latex; ASTM C834, Type OP, Grade NFsingle component, paintable.1. Color: To be selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range.2. Applications: Use for:

a. Interior wall and ceiling control joints.b. Joints between door and window frames and wall surfaces.c. Other interior joints for which no other type of sealant is indicated.

H. Concrete Paving Joint Sealant: Polyurethane, self-leveling; ASTM C920, Class 25, Uses T, I, Mand A; single component.1. Color: Gray.2. Applications: Use for:

a. Joints in sidewalks and vehicular paving.I. For sealant applications in or next to EIFS systems refer to section 07 2400.

2.03 ACCESSORIESA. Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application.B. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer;

compatible with joint forming materials.C. Joint Backing: Round foam rod compatible with sealant; ASTM D 1667, closed cell PVC;

oversized 30 to 50 percent larger than joint width.D. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit

application.PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work.B. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant.

3.02 PREPARATIONA. Remove loose materials and foreign matter that could impair adhesion of sealant.B. Clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.C. Perform preparation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C1193.D. Protect elements surrounding the work of this section from damage or disfigurement.

Page 128: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

07 9005JOINT SEALERS

3.03 INSTALLATIONA. Perform work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for preparation of

surfaces and material installation instructions.B. Perform installation in accordance with ASTM C1193.C. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used.D. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags.E. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer

when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges.F. Tool joints concave.

3.04 CLEANINGA. Clean adjacent soiled surfaces.

3.05 PROTECTIONA. Protect sealants until cured.

END OF SECTION

Page 129: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

08 1113HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND

FRAMES

SECTION 08 1113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMESPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Non-fire-rated hollow metal doors and frames.B. Thermally insulated hollow metal doors with frames.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Section 08 7100 - DOOR HARDWARE.

1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. ADA Standards - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for Accessible Design.B. ANSI/SDI A250.8 - Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames (SDI-100).C. ANSI/SDI A250.10 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces

for Steel Doors and Frames.D. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or

Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.E. ASTM A1008/A1008M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon,

Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability,Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable.

F. ASTM A1011/A1011M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon,Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, andUltra-High Strength.

G. ICC A117.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities.H. NAAMM HMMA 840 - Guide Specifications for Installation and Storage of Hollow Metal Doors

and Frames.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Product Data: Materials and details of design and construction, hardware locations,

reinforcement type and locations, anchorage and fastening methods, and finishes; and onecopy of referenced standards/guidelines.

C. Shop Drawings: Details of each opening, showing elevations, glazing, frame profiles, and anyindicated finish requirements.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA. Comply with NAAMM HMMA 840 or ANSI/SDI A250.8 (SDI-100) in accordance with specified

requirements.B. Protect with resilient packaging; avoid humidity build-up under coverings; prevent corrosion and

adverse effects on factory applied painted finish.PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames:1. Any listed member of NAAMM HMMA in good standing; www.naamm.org/hmma.2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.

2.02 DESIGN CRITERIAA. Requirements for Hollow Metal Doors and Frames:

1. Steel used for fabrication of doors and frames shall comply with one or more of thefollowing requirements; Galvannealed steel conforming to ASTM A653/A653M, cold-rolledsteel conforming to ASTM A1008/A1008M, or hot-rolled pickled and oiled (HRPO) steelconforming to ASTM A1011/A1011M, Commercial Steel (CS) Type B for each.

Page 130: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

08 1113HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND

FRAMES

2. Accessibility: Comply with ICC A117.1 and ADA Standards.3. Finish: Factory primed, for field finishing.

B. Combined Requirements: If a particular door and frame unit is indicated to comply with morethan one type of requirement, comply with the specified requirements for each type; forinstance, an exterior door that is also indicated as being sound-rated must comply with therequirements specified for exterior doors and for sound-rated doors; where two requirementsconflict, comply with the most stringent.

2.03 HOLLOW METAL DOORSA. Exterior Doors: Thermally insulated.

1. Grade: ANSI/SDI A250.8 (SDI-100); Level 2 - Heavy-Duty, Physical Performance Level B,Model 1 - Full Flush.

2. Core: Polystyrene.3. Door Thickness: 1-3/4 inch, nominal.4. Galvanizing: Components hot-dipped zinc-iron alloy-coated (galvannealed) in accordance

with ASTM A653/A653M, with manufacturer's standard coating thickness.5. Door Finish: Factory finished.

2.04 HOLLOW METAL FRAMESA. Comply with standards and/or custom guidelines as indicated for corresponding door in

accordance with applicable door frame requirements.B. General:

1. Comply with the requirements of grade specified for corresponding door.2. Finish: Factory primed, for field finishing.

C. Exterior Door Frames: Knock-down type.1. Frame Metal Thickness: 18 gage, 0.042 inch, minimum.2. Frame Finish: Factory primed and field finished.3. Weatherstripping: Separate, see Section 08 7100.

2.05 FINISHESA. Primer: Rust-inhibiting, complying with ANSI/SDI A250.10, door manufacturer's standard.

2.06 ACCESSORIESA. Grout for Frames: Portland cement grout with maximum 4 inch slump for hand troweling;

thinner pumpable grout is prohibited.B. Silencers: Resilient rubber, fitted into drilled hole; provide three on strike side of single door,

three on center mullion of pairs, and two on head of pairs without center mullions.C. Temporary Frame Spreaders: Provide for factory- or shop-assembled frames.

2.07 FINISH MATERIALSA. Primer: Rust-inhibiting, complying with ANSI/SDI A250.10, door manufacturer's standard.B. Bituminous Coating: Asphalt emulsion or other high-build, water-resistant, resilient coating.

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify existing conditions before starting work.B. Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable.C. Verify that finished walls are in plane to ensure proper door alignment.

3.02 PREPARATIONA. Coat inside of frames to be installed in masonry or to be grouted, with bituminous coating, prior

to installation.

Page 131: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

08 1113HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND

FRAMES

3.03 INSTALLATIONA. Install doors and frames in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and related

requirements of specified door and frame standards or custom guidelines indicated.B. Coordinate frame anchor placement with wall construction.C. Grout frames in masonry construction, using hand trowel methods; brace frames so that

pressure of grout before setting will not deform frames.D. Install door hardware as specified in Section 08 7100.E. Touch up damaged factory finishes.

3.04 TOLERANCESA. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 inch measured with straight edge, corner to corner.

3.05 ADJUSTINGA. Adjust for smooth and balanced door movement.

3.06 SCHEDULEA. Refer to Door and Frame Schedule on the drawings.

END OF SECTION

Page 132: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

08 4313ALUMINUM-FRAMED

STOREFRONTS

SECTION 08 4313 - ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTSPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Aluminum-framed storefront, with vision glass.B. Aluminum doors and frames.C. Weatherstripping.D. Design engineering of framing system and load-bearing connections to building structural frame

system.1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. AAMA CW-10 - Care and Handling of Architectural Aluminum From Shop to Site.B. AAMA 611 - Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum.C. AAMA 1503 - Voluntary Test Method for Thermal Transmittance and Condensation Resistance

of Windows, Doors and Glazed Wall Sections.D. AAMA 2605 - Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for

Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels.E. ASCE 7 - Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures.F. ASTM A36/A36M - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel.G. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and

Steel Products.H. ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate.I. ASTM B209M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate

[Metric].J. ASTM B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods,

Wire, Profiles, and Tubes.K. ASTM B221M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods,

Wire, Profiles, and Tubes [Metric].L. ASTM E283 - Standard Test Method for Determining the Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior

Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across theSpecimen.

M. ASTM E330/E330M - Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows,Doors, Skylights and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.

N. ASTM E331 - Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights,Doors, and Curtain Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.

O. SSPC-Paint 20 - Zinc-Rich Primers (Type I, "Inorganic," and Type II, "Organic").1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

A. Coordinate with installation of other components that comprise the exterior enclosure.B. Preinstallation Meeting: Conduct a preinstallation meeting one week before starting work of this

section; require attendance by all affected installers.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Product Data: Provide component dimensions, describe components within assembly,

anchorage and fasteners, glass and infill, internal drainage details .C. Shop Drawings: Indicate system dimensions, framed opening requirements and tolerances,

affected related Work, expansion and contraction joint location and details, and field weldingrequired.

Page 133: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

08 4313ALUMINUM-FRAMED

STOREFRONTS

D. Samples: Submit two samples 12X12 inches in size illustrating finished aluminum surface,glass, glazing materials.

E. Design Data: Provide framing member structural and physical characteristics, engineeringcalculations, and dimensional limitations.

F. Hardware Schedule: Complete itemization of each item of hardware to be provided for eachdoor, cross-referenced to door identification numbers in Contract Documents.

G. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in Owner'sname and registered with manufacturer.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Designer Qualifications: Design structural support framing components under direct

supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this Work andlicensed in Colorado.

B. Manufacturer and Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing aluminumglazing systems with minimum five years of documented experience.

1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA. Handle products of this section in accordance with AAMA CW-10.B. Protect finished aluminum surfaces with wrapping. Do not use adhesive papers or sprayed

coatings that bond to aluminum when exposed to sunlight or weather.1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Do not install sealants when ambient temperature is less than 40 degrees F. Maintain thisminimum temperature during and 48 hours after installation.

1.08 WARRANTYA. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.B. Correct defective Work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion.C. Provide five year manufacturer warranty against failure of glass seal on insulating glass units,

including interpane dusting or misting. Include provision for replacement of failed units.D. Provide five year manufacturer warranty against excessive degradation of exterior finish.

Include provision for replacement of units with excessive fading, chalking, or flaking.PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 BASIS OF DESIGN -- FRAMING FOR INSULATING GLAZING

A. Basis of Design Manufacturer:1. Arcadia, Inc.: www.arcadiainc.com.

a. Frame Series: AG 451T, center pane, outside glazed, stacking system.b. Door Style: MS 362 Medium Stile.

B. Other Manufacturers: Provide either the product identified as "Basis of Design" or an equivalentproduct of one of the manufacturers listed below:1. YKK AP America Inc: www.ykkap.com.2. Kawneer North America: www.kawneer.com.3. Oldcastle BuildingEnvelope: www.oldcastlebe.com.4. Substitution Procedures: Not permitted.

2.02 STOREFRONT SYSTEMA. Aluminum-Framed Storefront: Factory fabricated, factory finished aluminum framing members

with infill, and related flashings, anchorage and attachment devices.1. Glazing Rabbet: For 1 inch insulating glazing.2. Finish: Class I color anodized.

a. Factory finish all surfaces that will be exposed in completed assemblies.3. Finish Color: Black.

Page 134: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

08 4313ALUMINUM-FRAMED

STOREFRONTS

4. Fabrication: Joints and corners flush, hairline, and weatherproof, accurately fitted andsecured; prepared to receive anchors and hardware; fasteners and attachments concealedfrom view; reinforced as required for imposed loads.

5. Construction: Eliminate noises caused by wind and thermal movement, prevent vibrationharmonics, and prevent "stack effect" in internal spaces.

6. System Internal Drainage: Drain to the exterior by means of a weep drainage network anywater entering joints, condensation occurring in glazing channel, and migrating moistureoccurring within system.

7. Expansion/Contraction: Provide for expansion and contraction within system componentscaused by cycling temperature range of 170 degrees F over a 12 hour period withoutcausing detrimental effect to system components, anchorages, and other buildingelements.

8. Movement: Allow for movement between storefront and adjacent construction, withoutdamage to components or deterioration of seals.

9. Perimeter Clearance: Minimize space between framing members and adjacentconstruction while allowing expected movement.

B. Performance Requirements:1. Wind Loads: Design and size components to withstand the specified load requirements

without damage or permanent set, when tested in accordance with ASTM E330/E330M,using loads 1.5 times the design wind loads and 10 second duration of maximum load.a. Member Deflection: Limit member deflection to flexure limit of glass in any direction,

with full recovery of glazing materials.2. Water Penetration Resistance: No uncontrolled water on interior face, when tested in

accordance with ASTM E331 at pressure differential of 8 psf.3. Air Leakage: Maximum of 0.06 cu ft/min sq ft of wall area, when tested in accordance with

ASTM E283 at 6.27 psf pressure differential across assembly.4. Condensation Resistance Factor of Framing: 50, minimum, measured in accordance with

AAMA 1503.2.03 COMPONENTS

A. Aluminum Framing Members: Tubular aluminum sections, thermally broken with interior sectioninsulated from exterior, drainage holes and internal weep drainage system. 1. Glazing Stops: Flush.2. Type SF-1 Storefront Cross-Section: 2 x 4-1/2 inch nominal dimension.3. Reinforced Mullions: As required or recommended by manufacturer using manufacturer's

standard profile of extruded aluminum with internal reinforcement of steel shapedstructural section.

B. Glazing: As specified in Section 08 8000.C. Swing Doors: Glazed aluminum.

1. Finish: Same as storefront.2. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches.3. Top Rail: 3-1/2 inches wide.4. Vertical Stiles: 3-1/2 inches wide.5. Bottom Rail: 10 inches wide.6. Glazing Stops: Square.7. Glazing: One inch insulating glass units.

2.04 MATERIALSA. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B221 (ASTM B221M).B. Sheet Aluminum: ASTM B209 (ASTM B209M).C. Structural Steel Sections: ASTM A36/A36M; galvanized in accordance with requirements of

ASTM A123/A123M.D. Fasteners: Stainless steel.

Page 135: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

08 4313ALUMINUM-FRAMED

STOREFRONTS

E. Exposed Flashings: Aluminum sheet, 20 gage, 0.032 inch minimum thickness; finish to matchframing members.

F. Glazing Gaskets: Type to suit application to achieve weather, moisture, and air infiltrationrequirements.

G. Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Steel Surfaces: SSPC-Paint 20, zinc rich.2.05 FINISHES

A. Class I Color Anodized Finish: AAMA 611 Integrally colored anodic coating not less than 0.7mils thick.

2.06 HARDWAREA. For each door, include weatherstripping, sill sweep strip, and threshold.B. Storefront manufacturer is to provide all hardware listed in this section as well as storefront door

hardware, in the hardware schedules, located in the drawings. All Other Door Hardware: Asspecified in Section 08 7100.

C. Weatherstripping: Continuous and replaceable; provide on all doors.D. Sill Sweep Strips: Resilient seal type, retracting, of neoprene; provide on all doors.E. Threshold: Extruded aluminum, one piece per door opening, ribbed surface; provide on all

doors.PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Install wall system in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.B. Attach to structure to permit sufficient adjustment to accommodate construction tolerances and

other irregularities.C. Provide alignment attachments and shims to permanently fasten system to building structure.D. Align assembly plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain assembly dimensional

tolerances, aligning with adjacent work.E. Provide thermal isolation where components penetrate or disrupt building insulation.F. Install sill flashings. Turn up ends and edges; seal to adjacent work to form water tight dam.G. Where fasteners penetrate sill flashings, make watertight by seating and sealing fastener heads

to sill flashing.H. Pack fibrous insulation in shim spaces at perimeter of assembly to maintain continuity of

thermal barrier.I. Set thresholds in bed of sealant and secure.J. Install glass and infill panels in accordance with Section 08 8000, using glazing method required

to achieve performance criteria.K. Touch-up minor damage to factory applied finish; replace components that cannot be

satisfactorily repaired.3.02 TOLERANCES

A. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 0.06 inches every 3 ft non-cumulative or 1/16 inches per 10 ft,whichever is less.

B. Maximum Misalignment of Two Adjoining Members Abutting in Plane: 1/32 inch.3.03 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust operating hardware for smooth operation.3.04 CLEANING

A. Remove protective material from pre-finished aluminum surfaces.

Page 137: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

08 7100DOOR HARDWARE

SECTION 08 7100 - DOOR HARDWAREPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Hardware for aluminum and hollow metal doors.B. Thresholds.C. Weatherstripping, seals and door gaskets.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. 36 CFR 1191 - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and

Facilities; Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines.B. ADA Standards - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for Accessible Design.C. BHMA A156.1 - American National Standard for Butts and Hinges.D. BHMA A156.4 - American National Standard for Door Controls - Closers.E. BHMA A156.7 - American National Standard for Template Hinge Dimensions.F. BHMA A156.8 - American National Standard for Door Controls - Overhead Stops and Holders.G. BHMA A156.13 - American National Standard for Mortise Locks & Latches Series 1000.H. BHMA A156.18 - American National Standard for Materials and Finishes.I. BHMA A156.21 - American National Standard for Thresholds.J. BHMA A156.22 - American National Standard for Door Gasketing and Edge Seal Systems,

Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association.K. DHI (LOCS) - Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors

and Frames.L. DHI WDHS.3 - Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Flush Wood Doors.M. ICC A117.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities.

1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTSA. Coordinate the manufacture, fabrication, and installation of products that door hardware will be

installed upon.B. Convey Owner's keying requirements to manufacturers.C. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene a preinstallation meeting one week prior to commencing work

of this section; require attendance by all affected installers.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Product Data: Manufacturer's catalog literature for each type of hardware, marked to clearly

show products to be furnished for this project.C. Hardware Schedule: Detailed listing of each item of hardware to be installed on each door. Use

door numbering scheme as included in the Contract Documents. Identify electrically operateditems and include power requirements.

D. Furnish initial draft of schedule at earliest possible date, in order to facilitate fabrication ofrelated work which may be critical to the construction schedule.

E. Furnish final draft of schedule after samples, manufacturer's data sheets, coordination withother work, delivery schedule, and other required information have been completed andaccepted.

F. Final Hardware Schedule: Complete designation of every item required for each door opening,based on indicated requirements.

G. Indicate locations and mounting heights of each type of hardware.H. Provide product data on specified hardware.

Page 138: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

08 7100DOOR HARDWARE

I. Warranty: Submit manufacturer's warranty and ensure that forms have been completed inOwner's name and registered with manufacturer.

J. Maintenance Materials and Tools: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance ofproject.1. See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions.2. Extra Lock Cylinders: One for each master keyed group.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in

this section with minimum five years of documented experience.1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Package hardware items individually; label and identify each package with door opening code tomatch hardware schedule.

1.07 WARRANTYA. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Assa Abloy Brands; Corbin Russwin, Curries, McKinney, Norton, Sargent, or Yale: www.assaabloydss.com.

B. Best Access Systems, division of Stanley Security Solutions: www.bestaccess.com.2.02 HARDWARE LIST

A. Furnish hardware in accordance with hardware schedule on Drawings and as indicated on doorschedule. List is intended to establish design and function of hardware. Provide all hardwareitems required for proper door function, including fire-rating and labeling requirements.

2.03 DOOR HARDWARE - GENERALA. Provide hardware specified or required to make doors fully functional, compliant with applicable

codes, and secure to the extent indicated.B. Provide items of a single type of the same model by the same manufacturer.C. Provide products that comply with the following:

1. Applicable provisions of federal, state, and local codes.2. Accessibility: ADA Standards and ICC A117.1.

D. Finishes: Identified in schedule.E. Finishes: Provide door hardware of the same finish unless otherwise indicated.

1. Primary Finish: Satin chrome plated over nickel on brass or bronze, 626 (approx US26D).2. Finish Definitions: BHMA A156.18.3. Exceptions:

a. Where base metal is specified to be different, provide finish that is an appearanceequivalent according to BHMA A156.18.

b. Hardware for Aluminum Storefront Doors: Finished to match door, except handcontact surfaces to be satin stainless steel.

2.04 LOCKS AND LATCHESA. Locks: Provide a lock for every door, unless specifically indicated as not requiring locking.

1. If no hardware set is indicated for a swinging door provide an entry lockset.2. Trim: Provide lever handle or pull trim on outside of all locks unless specifically stated to

have no outside trim.3. Lock Cylinders: Provide key access on outside of all locks unless specifically stated to

have no locking or no outside trim.B. Lock Cylinders: Manufacturer’s standard tumbler type, six-pin interchangeable core.

Page 139: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

08 7100DOOR HARDWARE

1. Provide cams and/or tailpieces as required for locking devices required.C. Keying: Master keyed.

1. Supply keys in the following quantities:a. 20 construction keys.b. 2 change keys for each lock.

2. When providing keying information, comply with DHI Handbook "Keying systems andnomenclature".

D. Latches: Provide a latch for every door that is not required to lock, unless specifically indicated"push/pull" or "not required to latch".

2.05 HINGESA. Hinges: Provide hinges on every swinging door.

1. Provide five-knuckle full mortise butt hinges unless otherwise indicated.2. Provide ball-bearing hinges at all doors.3. Provide hinges in the quantities indicated.4. Provide non-removable pins on exterior outswinging doors.5. Where electrified hardware is mounted in door leaf, provide power transfer hinges.

B. Butt Hinges: Comply with BHMA A156.1 and A156.7; standard and heavy weight as scheduled,unless otherwise indicated.

C. Manufacturers - Hinges:1. Assa Abloy Brands; McKinney: www.assaabloydss.com.2. Bommer Industries, Inc: www.bommer.com.3. C. R. Laurence Co., Inc: www.crl-arch.com.4. Hager Companies: www.hagerco.com.5. Stanley Black & Decker: www.stanleyblackanddecker.com.6. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.

2.06 CYLINDRICAL LOCKSETSA. Cylindrical Locksets - Basis of Design: Schlage; D Series, Sparta Design: www.schlage.com.B. Manufacturers - Cylindrical Locksets:

1. Assa Abloy Brands; Sargent or Yale: www.assaabloydss.com.2. Best Access Systems, division of Stanley Security Solutions: www.bestaccess.com.3. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.

2.07 CLOSERSA. Closers: Complying with BHMA A156.4.

1. Provide surface-mounted, door-mounted closers unless otherwise indicated.2. Provide a door closer on every exterior door.3. Provide a door closer on every fire- and smoke-rated door. Spring hinges are not an

acceptable self-closing device unless specifically so indicated.4. On pairs of swinging doors, if an overlapping astragal is present, provide coordinator to

ensure the leaves close in proper order.5. At outswinging exterior doors, mount closer in inside of door.

B. Manufacturers - Surface Mounted Closers:1. Assa Abloy Brands; Corbin Russwin, Norton, Rixson, Sargent, or Yale:

www.assaabloydss.com.2. C. R. Laurence Co., Inc: www.crl-arch.com.3. Hager Companies: www.hagerco.com.4. LCN, an Allegion brand: www.allegion.com/us.5. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.

2.08 STOPS AND HOLDERSA. Stops: Complying with BHMA A156.8; provide a stop for every swinging door, unless otherwise

indicated.

Page 140: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

08 7100DOOR HARDWARE

1. Provide wall stops, unless otherwise indicated.2. If wall stops are not practical, due to configuration of room or furnishings, provide

overhead stop.3. Stop is not required if positive stop feature is specified for door closer; positive stop feature

of door closer is not an acceptable substitute for a stop unless specifically so stated.B. Wall Stops: Surface mounted.C. Floor Stops: Surface mounted.D. Manufacturers - Wall and Floor Stops/Holders:

1. Assa Abloy Brands; Rixson or Sargent: www.assaabloydss.com.2. Hager Companies: www.hagerco.com.3. Hiawatha, Inc, division of Activar Construction Products Group, Inc:

www.activarcpg.com/hiawatha.4. Trimco, originally called Triangle Brass Manufacturing Co., Inc: www.trimcohardware.com.5. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.

2.09 GASKETING AND THRESHOLDSA. Gaskets: Complying with BHMA A156.22.

1. On each door in smoke partition, provide smoke gaskets; top, sides, and meeting stile ofpairs. If fire/smoke partitions are not indicated on drawings, provide smoke gaskets oneach door identified as a "smoke door" and 20-minute rated fire doors.

2. On each exterior door, provide weatherstripping gaskets, unless otherwise indicated; top,sides, and meeting stiles of pairs.a. Where exterior door is also required to have fire or smoke rating, provide gaskets

functioning as both smoke and weather seals.3. On each exterior door, provide door bottom sweep, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Thresholds: Complying with BHMA A156.21.1. At each exterior door, provide a threshold unless otherwise indicated.

C. Manufacturers - Gasketing and Thresholds:1. Assa Abloy Brands; McKinney: www.assaabloydss.com.2. Hager Companies: www.hagerco.com.3. National Guard Products, Inc: www.ngpinc.com.4. Pemko Manufacturing Co: www.pemko.com.5. Zero International, Inc: www.zerointernational.com.6. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.

2.10 KEY CONTROLSA. Fire Department Lock Box: Heavy-duty, surface mounted, solid stainless-steel box with hinged

door and interior gasket seal; single drill resistant lock with dust covers and tamper alarm.1. Capacity: Holds 10 keys.2. Finish: Manufacturer's standard black.

B. Manufacturers - Fire Department Lock Box:1. Knox Company; Knox-Box Rapid Entry System: www.knoxbox.com.2. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that doors and frames are ready to receive work; doors and frames are present andproperly installed, and dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings.

3.02 INSTALLATIONA. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and applicable codes.B. Use templates provided by hardware item manufacturer.C. Do not install surface mounted items until finishes applied to substrate are complete.

Page 141: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

08 7100DOOR HARDWARE

D. Mounting heights for hardware from finished floor to center line of hardware item. E. Set exterior door thresholds with full-width bead of elastomeric sealant on each point of contact

with floor providing a continuous weather seal; anchor thresholds with stainless steelcountersunk screws.

3.03 ADJUSTINGA. Adjust work under provisions of Section 01 7000.B. Adjust hardware for smooth operation.C. Adjust gasketing for complete, continuous seal; replace if unable to make complete seal.D. Adjust closers with HVAC system out of operation and at full operation for proper closing

pressure.3.04 CLEANING

A. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by hardware installation. Clean finished hardware permanufacturer's instructions after final adjustments has been made. Replace items that cannotbe cleaned to manufacturer's level of finish quality at no additional cost.

3.05 PROTECTIONA. Protect finished Work under provisions of Section 01 7000.B. Do not permit adjacent work to damage hardware or finish.

END OF SECTION

Page 142: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

08 8000GLAZING

SECTION 08 8000 - GLAZINGPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Glazing units.B. Glazing compounds and accessories.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. ASTM C864 - Standard Specification for Dense Elastomeric Compression Seal Gaskets,

Setting Blocks, and Spacers.B. ASTM C920 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants.C. ASTM C1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants.D. GANA (SM) - GANA Sealant Manual.

1.03 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTSA. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene a preinstallation meeting one week before starting work of

this section; require attendance by each of the affected installers.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Product Data on Glazing Compounds and Accessories: Provide chemical, functional, and

environmental characteristics, limitations, special application requirements. Identify availablecolors.

C. Samples: Submit two samples 12 by 12 inch in size of glass units.D. Warranty Documentation: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure that forms have been

completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer.1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section withminimum five years documented experience.

1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for shipping, handling, storing, and protection of glass

and glazing materials. Exercise exceptional care to prevent edge damage to glass, anddamage to coatings.

1.07 FIELD CONDITIONSA. Do not install glazing when ambient temperature is less than 40 degrees F.B. Maintain minimum ambient temperature before, during and 24 hours after installation of glazing

compounds.1.08 WARRANTY

A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.B. Insulating Glass Units: Provide a five (5) year manufacturer warranty to include coverage for

seal failure, interpane dusting or misting, including providing products to replace failed units.PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 INSULATING GLASS UNITS

A. Sealed Insulating Glass Units: Vision glazing, low-E.1. Application(s): All exterior glazing unless otherwise indicated.2. Between-lite space filled with air.3. Outboard Lite: Annealed float glass, 1/4 inch thick, minimum.

a. Coating: PPG Solarban 60 on # 2 surface, no coating on #3 surface.b. Tint: None (clear).

Page 143: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

08 8000GLAZING

4. Inboard Lite: Annealed float glass, 1/4 inch thick.a. Tint: None (clear).

5. Basis of Design Manufacturer: PPG Industries, Inc: www.ppgglazing.com.6. Substitutions: Refer to Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.

a. Other products of the system standard manufacturer and products of othermanufacturers will be considered provided the overall performance is within thespecified range(s) and the overall appearance is not significantly different from that ofthe specified product.

b. Architect's decision on substitutions is final.2.02 GLASS MATERIALS

A. Float Glass: Provide float glass based glazing unless noted otherwise.2.03 GLAZING COMPOUNDS

A. General Requirements:1. Provide black exposed glazing accessory materials, unless specifically indicated

otherwise.2. Provide materials of hardness as recommended by manufacturer for required application

and condition of installation in each case. Provide only compounds which are known to befully compatible with surfaces contacted, including glass products, seals, and glazingchannel surfaces.

B. Butyl Sealant: Single component; ASTM C920, Grade NS, Class 12-1/2, Uses M and A, ShoreA hardness of 10 to 20; black color; non-skinning.

C. Silicone Sealant: Single component; neutral curing; capable of water immersion without loss ofproperties; non-bleeding, non-staining; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses M, A,and G; with cured Shore A hardness range of 15 to 25; black color for insulating glass seals,and clear color for butt glazing.

2.04 ACCESSORIESA. Setting Blocks: Material compatible with sealed insulating glass unit edge seal material, 80 to

90 Shore A durometer hardness, ASTM C864 Option II. Length of 0.1 inch for each square footof glazing or minimum 4 inch x width of glazing rabbet space minus 1/16 inch x height to suitglazing method and pane weight and area.

B. Spacer Shims: Material compatible with sealed insulating glass unit edge seal material, 50 to60 Shore A durometer hardness, ASTM C864 Option II. Minimum 3 inch long x one half theheight of the glazing stop x thickness to suit application, self adhesive on one face.

C. Glazing Gaskets: Resilient silicone extruded shape to suit glazing channel retaining slot; ASTMC864 Option I; color black.

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 VERIFICATION OF CONDITIONS

A. Verify that openings for glazing are correctly sized and within tolerances, including those forsize, squareness, and offsets at corners.

B. Verify that surfaces of glazing channels or recesses are clean, free of obstructions that mayimpede moisture movement, weeps are clear, and support framing is ready to receive glazingsystem.

3.02 PREPARATIONA. Clean contact surfaces with appropriate solvent and wipe dry within maximum of 24 hours

before glazing. Remove coatings that are not tightly bonded to substrates.B. Seal porous glazing channels or recesses with substrate compatible primer or sealer.C. Prime surfaces scheduled to receive sealant where required for proper sealant adhesion.

Page 144: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

08 8000GLAZING

3.03 INSTALLATION, GENERALA. Install glazing sealants in accordance with ASTM C1193, GANA (SM), and manufacturer's

instructions.3.04 INSTALLATION - DRY GLAZING METHOD (GASKET GLAZING)

A. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points with edge block no more than 6 inch from corners.B. Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against fixed stop with sufficient pressure on gasket to

attain full contact.C. Install removable stops without displacing glazing gasket; exert pressure for full continuous

contact.3.05 CLEANING

A. Remove excess glazing materials from finish surfaces immediately after application usingsolvents or cleaners recommended by manufacturers.

B. Remove non-permanent labels immediately after glazing installation is complete.C. Clean glass and adjacent surfaces after sealants are fully cured.D. Clean glass on both exposed surfaces not more than 4 days prior to Date of Substantial

Completion in accordance with glass manufacturer's written recommendations.END OF SECTION

Page 145: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

09 2116GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES

SECTION 09 2116 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIESPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Metal stud wall framing.B. Acoustic insulation.C. Gypsum sheathing.D. Gypsum wallboard.E. Joint treatment and accessories.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTSA. Section 07 2500 - Weather Barriers: Water-resistive barrier over sheathing.

1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. AISI S100-12 - North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural

Members; American Iron and Steel Institute.B. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or

Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.C. ASTM C475/C475M - Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing

Gypsum Board.D. ASTM C645 - Standard Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members.E. ASTM C665 - Standard Specification for Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light

Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing.F. ASTM C754 - Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive

Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products.G. ASTM C840 - Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board.H. ASTM C954 - Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel

Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs From 0.033 in. (0.84 mm) to 0.112 in. (2.84 mm)in Thickness.

I. ASTM C1002 - Standard Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for Application ofGypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs.

J. ASTM C1047 - Standard Specification for Accessories For Gypsum Wallboard and GypsumVeneer Base.

K. ASTM C1177/C1177M - Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use asSheathing.

L. ASTM C1280 - Standard Specification for Application of Gypsum Sheathing Board.M. ASTM C1396/C1396M - Standard Specification for Gypsum Board.N. ASTM D3273 - Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of

Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber.O. GA-216 - Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board.

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Product Data: Provide data on metal framing, gypsum board, accessories, and joint finishing

system.C. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data on partition head to structure connectors, showing

compliance with requirements.

Page 146: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

09 2116GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing gypsum board application and

finishing, with minimum five years of documented experience.B. Stud Framing: Products that do not comply with ASTM C 645 or C 754 are not permitted.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES

A. Provide completed assemblies complying with ASTM C840 and GA-216.2.02 METAL FRAMING MATERIALS

A. Non-Loadbearing Framing System Components: ASTM C645; galvanized sheet steel, of sizeand properties necessary to comply with ASTM C754 for the spacing indicated, with maximumdeflection of wall framing of L/120 at 5 psf.1. Studs: "C" shaped with flat or formed webs with knurled faces.2. Runners: U shaped, sized to match studs.

B. Partition Head to Structure Connections: Provide mechanical anchorage devices thataccommodate deflection using slotted holes, screws and anti-friction bushings, preventingrotation of studs while maintaining structural performance of partition.1. Structural Performance: Maintain lateral load resistance and vertical movement capacity

required by applicable code, when evaluated in accordance with AISI S100-12.2. Material: ASTM A653/A653M steel sheet, SS Grade 50/340, with G60/Z180 hot dipped

galvanized coating.2.03 BOARD MATERIALS

A. Board Materials - General:1. Cellulose Content: Board materials containing cellulose in any quantity are not permitted

under any circumstances, regardless of whether or not cellulose-containing boardmaterials otherwise comply with referenced standards.

B. Gypsum Wallboard: Paper-faced gypsum panels as defined in ASTM C1396/C1396M; sizes tominimize joints in place; ends square cut.1. Application: Use for vertical surfaces, unless otherwise indicated.2. At Assemblies Indicated with Fire-Rating: Use type required by indicated tested assembly;

if no tested assembly is indicated, use Type X board, UL or WH listed.3. Thickness:

a. Vertical Surfaces: 5/8 inch.C. Gypsum Sheathing Board: ASTM C1396/C1396M, moisture resistant type; sizes to minimize

joints in place; water repellent paper faces; ends square cut.1. Application: Exterior sheathing, unless otherwise indicated.2. Glass Mat Faced Sheathing: Glass mat faced gypsum substrate as defined in ASTM

C1177/C1177M.3. Core Type: Regular.4. Regular Board Thickness: 1/2 inch.5. Edges: Square.

D. Glass-Mat-Faced Parapet Sheathing Board: Comply with performance requirements of ASTMC1396/C1396M for water-resistant gypsum backing board and ASTM C1177/C1177M forsheathing; tapered long edges.1. Application: Roof sides of parapets for adhesive application of roofing parapet wall and

base flashings.2. Standard Type: Thickness 1/2 inch.3. Acceptable Products:

a. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum, LLC; DensDeck Prime Roof Board.b. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.

Page 147: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

09 2116GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES

2.04 ACCESSORIESA. Acoustic Insulation: ASTM C665; preformed glass fiber, friction fit type, unfaced. Thickness: 6

inch.B. Acoustic Insulation: ASTM C665; preformed glass fiber, friction fit type, unfaced. Full thickness

of indicated wall framing.C. Acoustic Sealant: Acrylic emulsion latex or water-based elastomeric sealant; do not use

solvent-based non-curing butyl sealant.D. Weather Barrier: As specified in Section 07 2500.E. Finishing Accessories: ASTM C1047, galvanized steel or rolled zinc, unless noted otherwise.

1. Types: As detailed or required for finished appearance.2. Special Shapes: In addition to conventional corner bead and control joints, provide U-bead

at exposed panel edges.F. Joint Materials: ASTM C475/C475M and as recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for

project conditions.1. Tape: 2 inch wide, coated glass fiber tape for joints and corners, except as otherwise

indicated.2. Tape: 2 inch wide, creased paper tape for joints and corners, except as otherwise

indicated.3. Ready-mixed vinyl-based joint compound.

G. Screws for Fastening of Gypsum Panel Products to Cold-Formed Steel Studs Less than 0.033inch in Thickness and Wood Members: ASTM C1002; self-piercing tapping screws, corrosionresistant.

H. Screws for Fastening of Gypsum Panel Products to Steel Members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch inThickness: ASTM C954; steel drill screws, corrosion resistant.

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that project conditions are appropriate for work of this section to commence.3.02 FRAMING INSTALLATION

A. Metal Framing: Install in accordance with ASTM C754 and manufacturer's instructions.B. Studs: Space studs at 16 inches on center.

1. Extend partition framing to structure in all locations.2. Partitions Terminating at Structure: Attach top runner to structure, maintain clearance

between top of studs and structure, and connect studs to track using specified mechanicaldevices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions; verify free movement of top of studconnections; do not leave studs unattached to track.

C. Openings: Reinforce openings as required for weight of doors or operable panels, using notless than double studs at jambs.

3.03 ACOUSTIC ACCESSORIES INSTALLATIONA. Acoustic Insulation: Place tightly within spaces, around cut openings, behind and around

electrical and mechanical items within partitions, and tight to items passing through partitions.B. Acoustic Sealant: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

3.04 BOARD INSTALLATIONA. Comply with ASTM C840, GA-216, and manufacturer's instructions. Install to minimize butt end

joints, especially in highly visible locations.B. Exterior Sheathing: Comply with ASTM C1280. Install sheathing vertically, with edges butted

tight and ends occurring over firm bearing.1. Paper-Faced Sheathing: Immediately after installation, protect from weather by application

of water-resistive barrier.

Page 148: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

09 2116GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES

3.05 INSTALLATION OF TRIM AND ACCESSORIESA. Control Joints: Place control joints consistent with lines of building spaces and as indicated.B. Corner Beads: Install at external corners, using longest practical lengths. C. Edge Trim: Install at locations where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials.

3.06 JOINT TREATMENTA. Finish gypsum board in accordance with levels defined in ASTM C840, as follows:

1. Level 4: Walls and ceilings to receive paint finish or wall coverings, unless otherwiseindicated.

B. Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, and corners to produce smooth surface ready toreceive finishes.1. Feather coats of joint compound so that camber is maximum 1/32 inch.

3.07 TOLERANCESA. Maximum Variation of Finished Gypsum Board Surface from True Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet

in any direction.END OF SECTION

Page 149: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

09 9113EXTERIOR PAINTING

SECTION 09 9113 - EXTERIOR PAINTINGPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Surface preparation.B. Field application of paints.C. Scope: Finish exterior surfaces exposed to view, unless fully factory-finished and unless

otherwise indicated, including the following:1. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames2. Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing:

a. On exterior walls, paint equipment that is exposed to view, including factory-finishedmaterials. Paint to match adjacent surfaces.

D. Do Not Paint or Finish the Following Items:1. Items factory-finished unless otherwise indicated; materials and products having

factory-applied primers are not considered factory finished.2. Items indicated to receive other finishes.3. Items indicated to remain unfinished.4. Fire rating labels, equipment serial number and capacity labels, and operating parts of

equipment.5. Floors, unless specifically indicated.6. Glass.7. Concrete masonry units in utility, mechanical, and electrical spaces.8. Concealed pipes, ducts, and conduits.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. ASTM D16 - Standard Terminology for Paint, Related Coatings, Materials, and Applications.B. MPI (APL) - Master Painters Institute Approved Products List; Master Painters and Decorators

Association.C. MPI (APSM) - Master Painters Institute Architectural Painting Specification Manual.

1.03 SUBMITTALSA. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Product Data: Provide complete list of products to be used, with the following information for

each:1. Manufacturer's name, product name and/or catalog number, and general product category

(e.g. "alkyd enamel").2. MPI product number (e.g. MPI #47).3. Cross-reference to specified paint system(s) product is to be used in; include description of

each system.C. Samples: Submit three paper "draw down" samples, 8-1/2 by 11 inches in size, illustrating

range of colors available for each finishing product specified.1. Where sheen is specified, submit samples in only that sheen.2. Where sheen is not specified, submit each color in each sheen available.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified,

with minimum five years documented experience.B. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work specified with

minimum five years experience.C. Basis of Design: The basis of design is the paint color and manufacturer called for in the

drawings. Paint types and systems manufactured by other acceptable manufacturers arepermitted, subject to compliance with specified requirements; and provided that deviations in

Page 150: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

09 9113EXTERIOR PAINTING

formulation, compatibility, and performance are minor, and do not detract substantially from theindicated design intent.1. Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 4000 and Section 01 6000.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability.B. Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand

code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, andinstructions for mixing and reducing.

C. Paint Materials: Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90degrees F, in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's instructions.

1.06 FIELD CONDITIONSA. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature

ranges required by the paint product manufacturer.B. Follow manufacturer's recommended procedures for producing best results, including testing of

substrates, moisture in substrates, and humidity and temperature limitations.C. Do not apply exterior paint and finishes during rain or snow, or when relative humidity is outside

the humidity ranges required by the paint product manufacturer.PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Provide paints and finishes used in any individual system from the same manufacturer; noexceptions.

B. Paints:1. Behr Process Corporation: www.behr.com/#sle.2. Benjamin Moore & Co: www.benjaminmoore.com.3. Cloverdale Paint, Brand Products of Rodda Paint Company:

www.cloverdalepaint.com/#sle.4. Diamond Vogel Paints: www.diamondvogel.com/#sle.5. Duron, Inc: www.duron.com.6. Glidden Professional, a product of PPG Architectural Coatings:

www.gliddenprofessional.com.7. PPG Paints: www.ppgpaints.com/#sle.8. Pratt & Lambert Paints: www.prattandlambert.com/#sle.9. Rodda Paint Company: www.roddapaint.com/#sle.10. Sherwin-Williams Company: www.sherwin-williams.com/#sle.11. Valspar Corporation: www.valsparpaint.com/#sle.

2.02 PAINTS AND FINISHES - GENERALA. Paints and Finishes: Ready mixed, unless required to be a field-catalyzed paint.

1. Where MPI paint numbers are specified, provide products listed in Master PaintersInstitute Approved Product List, current edition available at www.paintinfo.com, forspecified MPI categories, except as otherwise indicated.

2. Provide paints and finishes of a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily anduniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating, with good flow and brushing properties,and capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags.

3. Provide materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated underconditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testingand field experience.

4. Supply each paint material in quantity required to complete entire project's work from asingle production run.

5. Do not reduce, thin, or dilute paint or finishes or add materials unless such procedure isspecifically described in manufacturer's product instructions.

Page 151: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

09 9113EXTERIOR PAINTING

B. Colors: As indicated on drawings.2.03 PAINT SYSTEMS - EXTERIOR

A. Exterior Surfaces to be Painted, Unless Otherwise Indicated: Including primed metal andPipes/equipment.1. Two top coats and one coat primer recommended by manufacturer.

2.04 ACCESSORY MATERIALSA. Accessory Materials: Provide primers, sealers, cleaning agents, cleaning cloths, sanding

materials, and clean-up materials as required for final completion of painted surfaces.B. Patching Material: Latex filler.C. Fastener Head Cover Material: Latex filler.

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the product manufacturer.B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any

condition that may potentially effect proper application.C. Test shop-applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials.

3.02 PREPARATIONA. Clean surfaces thoroughly and correct defects prior to application.B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best

result for the substrate under the project conditions.C. Remove or mask surface appurtenances, including electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim,

escutcheons, and fittings, prior to preparing surfaces for finishing.D. Seal surfaces that might cause bleed through or staining of topcoat.E. Remove mildew from impervious surfaces by scrubbing with solution of tetra-sodium phosphate

and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry.3.03 APPLICATION

A. Remove unfinished louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanical and electricalcomponents and paint separately.

B. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in"MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual".

C. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. Allow applied coats to dry before next coat isapplied.

D. Apply each coat to uniform appearance.E. Vacuum clean surfaces of loose particles. Use tack cloth to remove dust and particles just prior

to applying next coat.F. Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings removed

prior to finishing.3.04 CLEANING

A. Collect waste material that could constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, andremove daily from site.

3.05 PROTECTIONA. Protect finishes until completion of project.B. Touch-up damaged finishes after Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION

Page 152: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

10 7113.43FIXED SUN CONTROL DEVICES

SECTION 10 7113.43 - FIXED SUN CONTROL DEVICESPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Aluminum sunshades, trellis configuration.B. Anchors, brackets, and attachments.C. Perimeter sealant.

1.02 REFERENCESA. AAMA 605.2 - High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Aluminum Extrusions and

Panels.B. ASTM A36 - Carbon Structural Steel.C. ASTM A123 - Zinc (Hot Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.D. ASTM A167 - Stainless and Heat Resisting Chromium Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip.E. ASTM B209 - Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate.F. ASTM B221 - Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes, and Tubes.G. SSPC - Paint 20 Zinc Rich Coating.H. SSPC - Paint 25 Red Iron Oxide, Zinc Oxide, Raw Linseed Oil and Alkyd Primer (Without Lead

and Chromate Pigments).I. NAAMM - National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers.

1.03 PERFORMANCEA. System to provide for expansion and contraction within system components caused by a cycling

temperature range of 120 F degrees without causing detrimental effects to system orcomponents.

B. Design and size members to withstand dead loads and live loads caused by pressure andsuction of wind for installations in areas with a design wind exposure of class C, with 3-secondgusts of 105 m.p.h. Design parameters shall include orientation and elevation of installedassembly.

C. Limit blade deflection to L/200, or flexure limit allowed by Building Code.D. Drain water entering joints, condensation occurring in shapes, or migrating moisture occurring

within system, to exterior.E. System to accommodate, without damage to system, components, or deterioration of perimeter

seal, movement within system, movement between system and perimeter framing components,dynamic loading and release of loads, and deflection of structural support framing.

1.04 SUBMITTALSA. Submit shop drawings, product data, and samples under provisions of Section 01 3000.B. Include system and component dimensions, components within assembly, framed opening

requirements and tolerances, anchorage and fasteners, and other related work.C. Submit detailed information from the manufacturer showing system compliance with minimum

performance requirements specified. Indicate manufacturer’s acceptance of system’scompatibility with adjacent materials and systems.

D. Submit shop drawings that clearly detail the system and its interface to adjacent material andsystems. Clearly indicate items that are not part of the manufacturer’s fabricated components.

E. Submit two samples, 12 inches long, illustrating each, prefinished aluminum surface and profile.1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. System Manufacturer: Company specializing in aluminum sun control systems with a minimumfive years experience.

B. Installer: One installer for total system authorized by system manufacturer.

Page 153: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

10 7113.43FIXED SUN CONTROL DEVICES

C. Drawing details are based on profiles by specified system standard manufacturer. Similarprofiles by other acceptable manufacturers are permitted, subject to compliance with allspecified performance characteristics, and provided that deviations in dimension, profile, andfinish are minor, and do not detract from the indicated design intent.

1.06 PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCEA. Convene a preconstruction conference one week prior to commencing work of this Section.B. Require attendance of parties directly concerned with the work of this Section, including those

who are required to coordinate with the work, and those who are required to protect the workupon completion. Include the manufacturer's technical representative.

C. Review installation procedures and coordination required with related work, and conditionswhich could affect successful performance of the work. Review testing/inspection procedures.

1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA. Deliver, store, and protect system components per manufacturer guidelines.B. Provide wrapping or strippable coating to protect prefinished aluminum surfaces. Do not use

adhesive papers or sprayed coatings which bond when exposed to sunlight or weather.1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Wherever possible, take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings andfabrication, to ensure proper fitting of work. Proceed with fabrication and coordinate installationtolerances only when taking field measurements will delay work.

1.09 WARRANTYA. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.B. Correct defective Work within a five year period after Date of Substantial Completion.C. Provide five year manufacturer warranty against excessive degradation of exterior finish.

Include provision for replacement of units with excessive fading, chalking, or flaking.PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

A. The Airolite Company.B. C/S Group, Construction Specialties CompanyC. INTERTEC, a Division of Doralco.D. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.

2.02 SYSTEM STANDARDA. Drawing details are based on Sun Controls sunshades, manufactured by C/S Group:

1. Cantilevered Tube Sunshade2. Aluminum Outrigger Plate frame style, 8” nominal3. 2x8 Extruded Tube Fascia style4. 2x6 Extruded Tube Blade style5. Bolted connection to steel knife plates

B. Provide a complete system from manufactured components and assemblies that meets orexceeds the performance requirements specified. Limit shop or site fabricated components tomiscellaneous trims as detailed.

2.03 MATERIALSA. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B221; alloy and temper standard with manufacturer, designed for

required strength, corrosion resistance, and application of specified finish.B. Sheet Aluminum: ASTM B209; alloy and temper standard with manufacturer, designed for

required strength, corrosion resistance, and application of specified finish.C. Steel Sections: ASTM A36; shapes to suit sections.

Page 154: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

10 7113.43FIXED SUN CONTROL DEVICES

D. Primer: SSPC - Paint 25; red, for shop application and field touch up.E. Touch Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC - Paint 20.F. Fasteners: Aluminum, non magnetic stainless steel, or galvanized steel complying with ASTM

A123 as recommended by manufacturer, and compatible with items being fastened. Do not useexposed fasteners unless unavoidable for the assembly of units, and installation of hardware. Finish fasteners to match the exposed item being fastened.

2.04 FABRICATED COMPONENTSA. Provide fixed sunshades and accessories designed as required for optimal performance and to

incorporate aesthetic profiles indicated on the drawings. Include all required frame sections andcomponents for a complete system, including but not limited to:1. Outriggers and Fascias2. Blades3. Mounting brackets and connections

2.05 FABRICATIONA. Fabricate allowing for minimum clearances and spacing around perimeter of assembly, yet

enabling installation.B. Rigidly fit and secure joints and corners with system standard reinforcement. Make joints and

connections flush, hairline, and weatherproof.C. Develop drainage holes with moisture pattern to exterior.D. Prepare components to receive anchor devices. Fabricate anchorage items.E. Separate dissimilar metals with primer, bituminous coating, or other material to separate metals

and prevent corrosion.F. Arrange fasteners, attachments, and jointing to ensure concealment from view.G. Prepare components with internal reinforcement where required.

2.06 FINISHESA. Organic Coating: Electrostatically applied, baked on fluorocarbon finish, Kynar resin formulated

by PPG, DeSoto, or Glidden. Apply over 5 step preparation, and conforming to NAAMM AAC12C42R1x or AAMA 605.2, to minimum dry film thickness of 1.0 mils; color and gloss selectedby Architect.

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify wall openings, structural supports and materials are ready to receive work of this Section.B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions.

3.02 PREPARATIONA. Coordinate dimensions, tolerances, and method of attachment with other work.B. Ensure that work does not compromise the completion of exterior finish and weather barrier

systems.3.03 INSTALLATION

A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.B. Use method of attachment to structure permitting sufficient adjustment to accommodate

construction tolerances and irregularities.C. Provide alignment attachments required to permanently fasten system to building structure.D. Align assembly plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain assembly dimensional

tolerances, aligning with adjacent work.3.04 TOLERANCES

A. Variation from Plane: Maximum 1/8- inch per foot, in 20 feet.

Page 155: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

10 7113.43FIXED SUN CONTROL DEVICES

B. Misalignment of Two Adjoining Members Abutting in Plane: 1/64 inch.3.05 CLEANING

A. Remove protective material from prefinished aluminum surfaces.B. Wash down exposed surfaces using a solution of mild detergent in warm water, applied with

soft, clean wiping cloths. Take care to remove dirt from corners. Wipe surfaces clean.C. Remove excess sealant by moderate use of mineral spirits or other solvent acceptable to

sealant manufacturer.END OF SECTION

Page 156: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

10 7313AWNINGS

SECTION 10 7313 - AWNINGSPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Aluminum framing and fittings.B. Covering material.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDSA. ASTM B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods,

Wire, Profiles, and Tubes.B. ASTM B221M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods,

Wire, Profiles, and Tubes [Metric].1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Shop Drawings: Indicate awning profiles, sizes, colors, connection attachments, anchorage,

size and type of fasteners, patterns and accessories.C. Samples, Covering: Submit 12 x 12 inch sample of covering.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 ALUMINUM FRAMING SYSTEM

A. Framing: one inchsquare, tubing, conforming to ASTM B221 (ASTM B221M).B. Fittings: Elbows, T-shapes, wall brackets; cast aluminum.C. Exposed Fasteners: Flush countersunk stainless steel screws or bolts; consistent with design

of system.D. Finish Exposed Components: Mill finish.

2.02 COVERING MATERIALSA. Double-Lock Zee-Lock, manufactured by Berridge Manufacturing Company, San Antonio,

Texas.2.03 FABRICATION - FRAMING

A. Fit and shop assemble components in largest practical sizes, for delivery to site.B. Fabricate components with joints tightly fitted and secured.C. Supply components required for anchorage of framing. Fabricate anchors and related

components of same material and finish as framing, except where specifically noted otherwise.2.04 FABRICATION - COVERING

A. Manufacture covering in one piece wherever possible, sized and configured to suit framing.PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that wall substrate anchors are acceptable and are ready to receive work.3.02 INSTALLATION - FRAMING

A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.B. Install components plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects.

3.03 INSTALLATION - COVERINGA. Install covering over framing members.B. Attach covering and fasten securely.

3.04 TOLERANCESA. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch per story, non-cumulative.

Page 157: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

10 7313AWNINGS

B. Maximum Misalignment From True Position: 1/4 inch.END OF SECTION

Page 158: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

31 2300EARTHWORK

SECTION 31 2300 - EARTHWORKPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Remove remaining topsoil, stockpile for later re-use, and remove excess from Site.B. Grade and rough contour Site.C. Building excavation.D. Excavate subsoil, stockpile for later re-use and remove excess from Site.E. Excavate trenches for utilities.F. Compacted fill over trenches.G. Building perimeter backfilling.H. Site backfilling.I. Fill under slabs on grade.J. Vapor retarder below slabs on grade.K. Compaction requirements.L. Finish grade subsoil, scarify and re-compact for pavements.M. Shoring excavations.

1.02 REFERENCESA. ASTM C136 - Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates.B. ASTM D698 - Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400

ft-lbf/ft³).C. ASTM D1556 - Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand Cone Method.D. ASTM D1557 - Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000

ft-lbf/ft3).E. ASTM D2487 - Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes.F. ASTM E96 - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.G. ASTM E1745 - Standard Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders.H. ACI 302.1R-96 - Guide for Concrete Floor Slab Construction.

1.03 SUBMITTALSA. Submit samples under provisions of Section 01 3000.B. Submit 10-lb. sample of imported fill to testing laboratory, in air tight containers.C. Sample submission not required if recent test results are available for type of fill.

1.04 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTSA. Submit documents under provisions of Section 01 3000.B. Accurately record location of utilities remaining, rerouted utilities, new utilities by horizontal

dimensions, elevations or inverts, and slope gradients.1.05 TESTS

A. Tests and analysis of fill materials will be performed in accordance with ASTM D698.B. Submit copies of reports of the following tests to the owner, architect, structural engineer, and

civil engineer.1. Field density for fills and backfills.2. Borrow material, including mechanical analysis, moisture density curve and plasticity

index.3. Verification of each foundation subgrade.

Page 159: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

31 2300EARTHWORK

1.06 PROTECTIONA. Protect perimeter trees, shrubs, lawns and other features remaining as a portion of final

landscaping.B. Protect benchmarks, sidewalks, paving, and curbs from equipment and vehicular traffic.C. Chart, locate, and protect above and below grade utilities which are to remain. Should

uncharted, or incorrectly charted below grade utilities be encountered during excavation, consultutility owner for directions. Do not interrupt existing utilities unless permitted in writing byArchitect.

D. Protect excavations by shoring, bracing, sheet piling, underpinning, or other methods requiredto prevent cave in or loose soil from falling into excavation.

E. Underpin adjacent structures, which may be damaged by excavation work, including serviceutilities and pipe chases.

F. Barricade open excavations and post with proper warning devices.G. Notify Architect of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue affected work in area until

notified to resume work.H. Protect bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundations from frost.I. Grade excavation top perimeter to prevent surface water run off into excavation.J. Maintain adjacent streets free of dirt accumulation.K. Repair damage to previous condition.

1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONSA. Verify project conditions prior to commencement. Establish extent, condition, and type of

existing fills or subgrade.B. Use of explosives is not permitted.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 MATERIALS

A. Soil materials, whether from sources on or off-site must be approved by the Owner’s soilsengineer as suitable for intended use.

2.02 EXCAVATED SOIL MATERIALSA. Topsoil: Excavated material, graded free of roots, rocks larger than one inch, subsoil, debris,

and large weeds.B. Subsoil: Excavated material, graded, free of lumps larger than 6 inches, rocks larger than 2

inches, and debris.2.03 SELECT BED AND FILL MATERIALS

A. Select reused Subsoil for Structural Fill Supporting Foundations and Slabs on Grade:Non-expansive, granular on-site soils, free of friable materials and debris, as approved by theOwner’s Soils Engineer.

B. Granular Base Below Slabs on Grade: Non-expansive, granular crusher fines, free of friablematerials and debris, as approved by the Owner’s Soils Engineer.

2.04 COMMON FILL MATERIALSA. Subsoil: Imported; free of lumps larger than 6 inches, rocks larger than 2 inch size, and debris,

as approved by the Owner’s Soils Engineer.2.05 ACCESSORIES

A. Vapor Retarder: ASTM E96 less than 0.3 US perms and ASTM E1745, Class A; minimum10-mil polyolefin film or triple ply extrusion coated virgin polyethylene membrane; Moistop Ultra10 manufactured by Fortifiber Building Systems Group; Vapor Block 10 manufactured by Raven

Page 160: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

31 2300EARTHWORK

Industries, Inc.; Viper Vaporcheck 10 manufactured by Insulation Solutions, Inc., installed perrecommendations of ASTM E-1643.

B. Substitutions: None Allowed.PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify site conditions and note irregularities affecting work of this Section.B. Beginning work of this Section means acceptance of existing conditions.C. Verify stockpiled fill to be reused is approved.D. Verify areas to be backfilled are free of debris, snow, ice, or water, and surfaces are not frozen.E. Verify foundation walls are braced to support surcharge forces imposed by backfilling

operations.3.02 PREPARATION

A. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum.B. When necessary, compact subgrade surfaces to density requirements for backfill material.C. Cut out soft areas of subgrade not readily capable of in-place compaction. Backfill with subsoil

fill and compact to density equal to requirements for subsequent backfill material.D. Eliminate uneven areas and low spots. Remove debris, roots, branches and stones in excess

of 1/2-inch in size. Remove subsoil contaminated with petroleum products.E. Identify known below grade utilities. Stake and flag locations.F. Identify and flag above grade utilities.G. Maintain and protect existing utilities remaining which pass through work area.H. Upon discovery of unknown utility or concealed conditions, discontinue affected work; notify

Architect.I. Notify utility company to remove and relocate utilities.

3.03 EXCAVATIONA. Areas to receive fill shall be scarified to a depth of at least 12-inches, and moisture conditioned

prior to placement of fill.B. Excavate topsoil from areas to be further excavated, re-landscaped, or re-graded and stockpile

in area designated on Site.C. Excavate subsoil required for building foundations to a depth of 4 feet below bottom of floor slab

elevation and to a point 5 feet beyond the building line, and for utilities trenches, constructionoperations, and other work.

D. Excavate subsoil required for sidewalks (outside of the building excavation area) to a depth of 3feet below finished grade elevation.

E. Do not excavate wet subsoil.F. Stockpile subsoil to depth not exceeding 8 feet.G. When excavation through roots is necessary, perform work by hand and cut roots with a sharp

axe.H. Machine slope banks to angle of repose or less until shored.I. Excavation must not interfere with normal 45 degree bearing splay of any foundation.J. Cut trenches sufficiently wide to enable installation of utilities and allow inspection.K. Hand trim excavations at foundations as required, take care not to disturb bottom of excavation,

and leave free of loose matter.L. Remove lumped subsoil, boulders, and rock up to 1/3 cu yd, measured by volume.

Page 161: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

31 2300EARTHWORK

M. Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated subgrade elevationsor dimensions without specific direction of Architect. Correct unauthorized excavation asspecified for required work, at no cost to Owner.

N. Backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified for authorized excavation of sameclassification.

O. Under footings, foundations, or retaining walls, fill unauthorized excavation by extending theindicated bottom elevation of the footing or base to the excavation bottom, without alteringrequired top elevation.

P. Stockpile excavated material in area designated on Site, and remove excess subsoil not beingreused from Site.

Q. Notify testing agency when excavations have reached required levels, to allow for inspection.R. Provide shoring and bracing of excavations as required to maintain safety in accordance with

applicable codes.S. Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from flowing into excavations and from

flooding project Site and surrounding areas. Provide and maintain dewatering systemnecessary to convey water away from excavations. Establish and maintain temporary drainageditches outside excavation limits of structures.

T. Protect excavations from freezing when atmospheric temperature is forecasted to drop below35 degrees F.

3.04 BACKFILLINGA. Backfill building excavations and site areas to contours and elevations. Use unfrozen materials.B. Backfill trenches to contours and elevations. Backfill systematically, as early as possible, to

allow maximum time for natural settlement. Do not backfill over porous, frozen, wet, or spongysubgrade surfaces.

C. Backfill excavations as promptly as work permits, but not until all foreign debris is removed frombackfill areas.

D. Employ a placement method which will not disturb or damage foundation dampproofingprotective cover, or utilities in trenches.

E. Maintain moisture content of fill and backfill materials as specified to attain required compactiondensity.

F. Moisture Control: Where subgrade or layer of soil material must be moisture conditioned beforecompaction, uniformly apply water to surface of subgrade, or layer of soil material, to preventfree water appearing on surface during or subsequent to compaction operations. Remove andreplace, or scarify and air dry soil material that is too wet to permit compaction to specifieddensity.

G. Soil material that has been removed because it is too wet to permit compaction may bestockpiled or spread and allowed to dry. Assist drying by discing, harrowing, or pulverizing untilmoisture content is reduced to a satisfactory value.

H. Place and compact select fill materials in continuous layers not exceeding 8 inches loose depth.I. Place and compact common fill material in continuous layers not exceeding 12 inches loose

depth.J. Backfill against supported foundation walls. Backfill simultaneously on each side of

unsupported foundation walls until supports are in place.K. Slope grade away from building minimum 6 inches in 10 feet, unless noted otherwise.L. Make changes in grade gradual. Blend slopes into level areas.M. Remove surplus backfill materials from Site.N. Leave stockpile areas completely free of excess fill materials.

Page 162: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

31 2300EARTHWORK

3.05 VAPOR RETARDERA. Install vapor retarder in accordance with ACI 302.1R-96, and per requirements of ASTM

E-1643.B. Coordinate placement with work of Section 03 0000.C. Install vapor retarder system per manufactures requirements.D. Place granular base layer over prepared subgrade and compact as specified. Place granular

base layer in “dry” condition as recommended by the Soils Engineer.E. Place vapor retarder between the granular base layer and the slab on grade. Lap edges and

joints 6” minimum and tape in place. Carefully fit around penetrations. Seal joints andpenetrations per manufacturer’s requirements.

F. Sequence placement of vapor retarder to avoid collection of and ponding of water prior toconcrete placement.

3.06 MAINTENANCEA. Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris.B. Repair and re-establish grades in settled, eroded, and rutted areas to specified tolerance.C. Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by subsequent construction operations or

adverse weather, scarify surface, reshape, and compact to required density prior to furtherconstruction.

D. Where settling is measurable or observable at excavated areas during general project warrantyperiod, remove surface (pavement, lawn, or other finish), add backfill material, compact, andreplace surface treatment. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of surface or finish tomatch adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible.

3.07 PLACING TOPSOILA. Place topsoil in areas where planting is scheduled and as follows.

1. Use topsoil in relatively dry state. Place during dry weather.2. Fine grade topsoil eliminating rough or low areas. Maintain levels, profiles, and contours

of subgrade.3. Remove stone, roots, grass, weeds, debris, and foreign material while spreading.4. Manually spread topsoil around plantings and building to prevent damage.5. Lightly compact placed topsoil.6. Remove surplus subsoil and topsoil from Site.7. Leave stockpile area and site clean and raked, ready to receive landscaping.

3.08 TOLERANCESA. Top Surface of Subgrade: Plus or minus one inch.B. Top of Topsoil: Plus or minus 1/2 inch.C. Top Surface of Backfilling: Plus or minus one inch.

3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D1556 and/or ASTM D2922.B. If tests indicate work does not meet specified requirements, remove work, replace and retest at

no cost to Owner.C. Conduct at least one field density test per every 2,000 cubic yards of over lot earthwork,

minimum no fewer than three tests per day.D. Conduct at least three field density tests per lift of removed and replaced subsoil clay below the

building slab.E. Conduct at least two field density tests in the select fill material below the building slab.F. Conduct at least three field density tests in the imported fill below the building slab after

scarification and recompaction.

Page 163: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

31 2300EARTHWORK

G. Provide for visual inspection of foundation bearing surfaces. Conduct at least one test for eachstrata of fill on which foundations will be placed, to verify required density. Visual observationand verification of footing subgrade shall be conducted to determine that soils exposed are asanticipated and are suitable for support of foundation systems as designed.

H. Conduct one field density test of top 12 inches of subgrade for every 5,000 sq. ft of paved area. Provide additional tests in each 5,000 square feet of compacted fill layer for fills exceeding 30inches in depth.

I. Conduct at least one field density test for foundation wall backfill at 100-foot intervals in each liftof backfill, and at least three tests per day.

J. Conduct at least one field density test for each 200 cu yd of backfill for trenches, and not lessthan one test for each 250 lineal feet per lift of backfill, or a minimum of three tests.

3.10 SCHEDULE OF LOCATIONSA. Reference the geotechnical report to identify location, fill material to be used (identified from

lower to upper fill type), compacted thickness of each fill, and compaction of each layer of fillexpressed as a percentage of maximum density and optimum moisture in comparison withASTM D698.1. Compaction criteria refers to standard Proctor dry density.2. Moisture content of on-site granular fills and imported structural fills shall be within a range

of 1 to 3 percent above optimum.END OF SECTION

Page 164: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

32 1313CONCRETE PAVING

SECTION 32 1313 - CONCRETE PAVINGPART 1 GENERAL1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Concrete sidewalks.1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS

A. Section 03 1000 - Concrete Forming and Accessories.1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. ACI 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and MassConcrete.

B. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete.C. ACI 304R - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete.D. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting.E. ACI 306R - Cold Weather Concreting.F. ASTM A185/A185M - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for

Concrete; 2007.G. ASTM A615/A615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon Steel Bars for

Concrete Reinforcement.H. ASTM A1064/A1064M - Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire

Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete.I. ASTM C33/C33M - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates.J. ASTM C39/C39M - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete

Specimens.K. ASTM C94/C94M - Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete.L. ASTM C150/C150M - Standard Specification for Portland Cement.M. ASTM C173/C173M - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the

Volumetric Method.N. ASTM C260/C260M - Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.O. ASTM C309 - Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing

Concrete.P. ASTM C618 - Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan

for Use in Concrete.Q. ASTM C685/C685M - Standard Specification for Concrete Made by Volumetric Batching and

Continuous Mixing.R. ASTM D1751 - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving

and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types).S. ASTM D1752 - Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber Cork and Recycled PVC

Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction.1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.B. Product Data: Provide data on joint filler, admixtures, and curing compound.C. Design Data: Indicate pavement thickness, designed concrete strength, reinforcement, and

typical details.PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 PAVING ASSEMBLIES

A. Comply with applicable requirements of ACI 301.

Page 165: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

32 1313CONCRETE PAVING

2.02 FORM MATERIALSA. Form Materials: As specified in Section 03 1000, conform to ACI 301.

2.03 REINFORCEMENTA. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60 (60,000 psi) yield strength; deformed billet

steel bars; unfinished.B. Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: Plain type, ASTM A185/A185M; in flat sheets; unfinished.

2.04 CONCRETE MATERIALSA. Obtain cementitious materials from same source throughout.B. Cement: ASTM C150/C150M, Normal - Type I Portland cement, gray color.C. Fine and Coarse Mix Aggregates: ASTM C33/C33M.D. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class F.E. Water: Clean, and not detrimental to concrete.

2.05 ACCESSORIESA. Curing Compound: ASTM C309, Type 2, Class A.

2.06 CONCRETE MIX DESIGNA. Proportioning Normal Weight Concrete: Comply with ACI 211.1 recommendations.B. Admixtures: Add acceptable admixtures as recommended in ACI 211.1 and at rates

recommended by manufacturer.C. Concrete Properties:

1. Refer to soils report for minimum requirements.2.07 MIXING

A. On Project Site: Mix in drum type batch mixer, complying with ASTM C685/C685M. Mix eachbatch not less than 1-1/2 minutes and not more than 5 minutes.

B. Transit Mixers: Comply with ASTM C94/C94M.PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify compacted subgrade is acceptable and ready to support paving and imposed loads.B. Verify gradients and elevations of base are correct.

3.02 SUBBASEA. Prepare subbase per recommendations in the soils report.

3.03 PREPARATIONA. Moisten base to minimize absorption of water from fresh concrete.B. Notify Architect a minimum of 4 days prior to commencement of concreting operations.

3.04 FORMINGA. Place and secure forms to correct location, dimension, profile, and gradient.B. Place joint filler vertical in position, in straight lines. Secure to formwork during concrete

placement.3.05 REINFORCEMENT

A. Place reinforcement at midheight of slabs-on-grade.B. Interrupt reinforcement at expansion joints.

3.06 COLD AND HOT WEATHER CONCRETINGA. Follow recommendations of ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather.

Page 166: Project Specification Manual - Hive Constructionhive-co.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/Westside... · 9/11/2018  · 0180375.00 / westside commons - retail core & shell permit set

0180375.00 / Westside Commons- Retail Core & Shell Permit Set - 11/09/18

32 1313CONCRETE PAVING

B. Follow recommendations of ACI 306R when concreting during cold weather.C. Do not place concrete when base surface temperature is less than 40 degrees F, or surface is

wet or frozen.3.07 PLACING CONCRETE

A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304R.B. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts, formed joints are not disturbed during concrete

placement.C. Place concrete continuously over the full width of the panel and between predetermined

construction joints. Do not break or interrupt successive pours such that cold joints occur.3.08 JOINTS

A. Place 3/8 inch wide expansion joints at 20 foot intervals and to separate paving from verticalsurfaces and other components and in pattern indicated.

B. Provide tooled joints.1. in the spacing and layout indicated on the drawings

3.09 FINISHINGA. Sidewalk Paving: Light broom, texture perpendicular to direction of travel with troweled and

radiused edge 1/4 inch radius.B. Place curing compound on exposed concrete surfaces immediately after finishing. Apply in

accordance with manufacturer's instructions.3.10 TOLERANCES

A. Maximum Variation of Surface Flatness: 1/4 inch in 10 ft.B. Maximum Variation From True Position: 1/4 inch.

3.11 PROTECTIONA. Immediately after placement, protect pavement from premature drying, excessive hot or cold

temperatures, and mechanical injury.END OF SECTION